WO2015032357A1 - Zanamivir, zanamivir intermediate, and synthesis method - Google Patents

Zanamivir, zanamivir intermediate, and synthesis method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015032357A1
WO2015032357A1 PCT/CN2014/086112 CN2014086112W WO2015032357A1 WO 2015032357 A1 WO2015032357 A1 WO 2015032357A1 CN 2014086112 W CN2014086112 W CN 2014086112W WO 2015032357 A1 WO2015032357 A1 WO 2015032357A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
preparing
solvent
producing
base
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/086112
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
马大为
田峻山
钟建康
潘强彪
李运生
Original Assignee
中国科学院上海有机化学研究所
联化科技(台州)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所, 联化科技(台州)有限公司 filed Critical 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所
Publication of WO2015032357A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015032357A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C269/00Preparation of derivatives of carbamic acid, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C269/06Preparation of derivatives of carbamic acid, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups by reactions not involving the formation of carbamate groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/16Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D309/28Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings
    • C07D317/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D317/34Oxygen atoms
    • C07D317/36Alkylene carbonates; Substituted alkylene carbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • This invention relates to intermediates of zanamivir and ranamivir and methods for their synthesis.
  • Zanamivir (zanamivir) is the first type of neuraminidase inhibitor synthesized based on drug design. It and Oseltamivir (oseltamivir) are currently the only two approved on the market for the treatment of type A. And drugs of the influenza B virus. It was discovered by scientists at Biota in 1989 and was licensed to GlaxoSmithKline for clinical treatment in 1990. 1999 was approved by the FDA and listed in the US.
  • Laninamivir (Lanafinevir) is a neuraminidase inhibitor developed by Biota Pharmaceuticals and Daiichi Sankyo to treat influenza virus infections that are resistant to oseltamivir. People taking Laninamivir recovered more than 60 hours earlier than those who took Tamiflu. Laninamivir was approved in 2010 for listing under the name Inavir in Japan. Its octanoate CS-8958 was also launched in Japan in the same year.
  • the method the raw material N-acetylneuraminic acid, is not easy to obtain in large quantities and limits the application of the method.
  • the technical problem to be solved by the invention is to overcome the defects that the existing zanamivir synthesis route is long, the total yield is low, the atomic economy is poor, the operation is dangerous, the production cost is high, and it is not suitable for industrial production, and the like is provided.
  • Intermediates of amivir and lamamivir and methods for their synthesis The synthesis method of the invention has the advantages of low cost and easy availability, mild reaction conditions, short steps, high total yield, low production cost, good product purity, high chiral purity and good prospect of industrial production.
  • the invention provides a preparation method of the compound 2, which can adopt the method 1 or the method 2,
  • the method 1 includes the following steps: the compound 3 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain a compound 2;
  • R is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilane Base (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM), methyl or hydrogen;
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, ethyl or propyl;
  • R 4 is an amino protecting group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or p-toluenesulfonyl (Ts).
  • the method 2 includes the following steps: subjecting the compound 35 to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain the compound 2;
  • R is hydrogen or methyl
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 may employ a conventional method of the above-described reaction for removing a protecting group in the art, and particularly preferred in the present invention are the following reaction methods and conditions: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of an acid, the compound is used. 3 to carry out the reaction of removing the protecting group to obtain the compound 2;
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane. .
  • the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 3 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
  • the acid is preferably a mineral acid and/or an organic acid; the inorganic acid is preferably hydrochloric acid; the organic acid is preferably trifluoroacetic acid; and the hydrochloric acid may be conventional in the art.
  • a commercially available hydrochloric acid reagent is preferably 10% to 37% by mass of hydrochloric acid, and the mass percentage means a percentage of the mass of hydrogen chloride to the total mass of the hydrochloric acid reagent.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 3 to the acid is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:30 to 1:50.
  • the temperature of the reaction for removing the protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction for removing the protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 3 is the end point of the reaction.
  • the reaction time is preferably from 1 h to 20 h, more preferably from 8 h to 10 h.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl When diphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM) or methyl, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 1; when R 1 is hydrogen When the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 2; when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl diphenyl silicon (TBDPS) , triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM), methyl or hydrogen, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method three;
  • Method 1 in a protic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 4 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 3;
  • Method 2 in aprotic solvent, the compound 12 and a reducing agent are reduced to obtain the compound 3;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the first method for preparing the compound 3 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent and/or water; the alcohol solvent is preferably t-butanol; when a mixed solvent of t-butanol and water is used, the uncle
  • the volume ratio of t-butanol to water in the mixed solvent of butanol and water is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 5:1 to 3:1.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 4 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 120 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably chlorous acid; and the chlorous acid is preferably obtained by reacting sodium chlorite with sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 4 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:3 to 1:4.
  • the acidic conditions are preferably achieved by the addition of a strong base weak acid salt.
  • the strong base weak acid salt is preferably sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
  • the molar ratio of the strong base weak acid salt to the compound 4 is preferably 1:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
  • the acidic condition is preferably pH 2-4.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 4 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ⁇ 24h, further preferably 2h-8h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the first method for preparing the compound 3 is preferably carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger, preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol.
  • a radical scavenger preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol.
  • the molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 4 is preferably from 0.5:1 to 3:1, more preferably from 1:1 to 2:1.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 4 can be obtained by oxidizing the compound 5 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent. Reacting to obtain the compound 4;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 4 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably 1,4-dioxane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 5 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably selenium dioxide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 5 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 30 ° C to 100 ° C, more preferably from 60 ° C to 100 ° C, still more preferably from 35 ° C to 80 ° C, and most preferably from 40 ° C to 80 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, and generally, when the compound 5 disappears, the reaction end time is preferably 1 h. 5h, further preferably 2h to 3h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the process for preparing the compound 4 is preferably carried out under the protection of an inert gas, preferably one or more of nitrogen, argon and helium.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 4, the compound 5 can be obtained by the method of: in a solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 6 and acetyl The nucleophilic substitution reaction is carried out to obtain the compound 5;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 5 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
  • the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the base is preferably 1:3 to 1:6, more preferably 1:4 to 1:5.
  • the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; the acetyl halide is preferably B. Acid chloride or acetyl bromide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:20, further preferably 1:1 to 1:3, still more preferably 1:1 to 1 :1.1.
  • the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 60 ° C.
  • the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 6 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction
  • the time is preferably from 1 h to 24 h, more preferably from 2 h to 3 h.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 5, the compound 6 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent , the compound 7 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 6;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ester solvent; and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 7 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 90 mL/g to 120 mL/g.
  • the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
  • the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 7 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
  • the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
  • the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 7 is preferably 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably 60:1 to 100:1.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 20 h when the compound 7 disappears. Further, it is preferably 10 h to 15 h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for producing the compound 6 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 7 and an aprotic solvent is added to the reducing agent and the acid in order to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 6.
  • the method for preparing the compound 6 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after the end of the reaction, the base is adjusted to pH about 7, the extract is concentrated, and the column chromatography is carried out to obtain the compound 6.
  • the alkali is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably aqueous ammonia; the aqueous ammonia may be a conventional commercially available aqueous ammonia reagent, and the aqueous ammonia reagent preferably has a mass percentage of 5% to 50%, more preferably 15%. 40%, the mass percentage refers to the mass of ammonia gas as a percentage of the total mass of the aqueous ammonia solution.
  • the solvent used for the extraction is preferably an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
  • the column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 7 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 8 is Dehydrating agent is subjected to a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 7;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 7 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane;
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 8 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 100 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an organic base; the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
  • the molar ratio of the base to the compound 8 is preferably from 100:1 to 1:1, further preferably from 50:1 to 1:1.
  • the dehydrating agent is preferably dichlorosulfoxide, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, ie N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate)
  • Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, ie N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate
  • the molar ratio of the compound 8 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the dehydration reaction can be carried out by a conventional tester in the art.
  • the method is monitored by a method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC.
  • the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 5 h, more preferably 1 h to 3 h.
  • the process for preparing the compound 7 is preferably carried out in the presence of a catalyst, preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP).
  • a catalyst preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP).
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 8 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:1 to 1:5.
  • the method for producing the compound 7 preferably employs the step of sequentially adding a catalyst and a dehydrating agent to a solution of the compound 8, a base and an organic solvent, followed by dehydration to obtain the compound 7.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 7, the compound 8 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand are present. Under the conditions, the compound 10 and the compound 9 are reacted to obtain the compound 8;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 8 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 9 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably one or more of cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and potassium t-butoxide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 10:1, further preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
  • the catalyst is preferably an inorganic copper salt and/or an organic copper salt;
  • the inorganic copper salt refers to a salt formed by reacting copper with an inorganic acid;
  • the organic copper salt refers to copper and A salt formed by the reaction of an organic acid.
  • the inorganic copper salt is preferably one or more of copper chloride, cuprous chloride, cuprous bromide, copper bromide and cuprous iodide, further preferably copper bromide and/or copper chloride;
  • the organic copper salt is preferably copper acetate.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the catalyst is preferably 1:1 to 10:1. More preferably, it is 3:1 - 10:1.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 10 to the compound 9 is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 2:1 to 5:1.
  • the catalyst ligand is preferably a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst is preferably
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 9 is preferably from 1:10 to 3:10, further preferably from 2:10 to 3:10.
  • the temperature of the reaction is preferably -20 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 9 is the end of the reaction, and the reaction time is preferably 24 h to 96 h. Further, it is preferably 24h to 48h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the catalyst ligand It can be synthesized by the method reported in the literature Chem. Eur. J. 2012, 18, 12357.
  • the compound 9 can be synthesized by the method reported in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry. 1998, 9, 1359 - 1367.
  • the second method for preparing the compound 3 can employ a conventional method of the reduction reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 12 is preferably from 10 mL/g to 500 mL/g, more preferably from 400 mL/g to 500 mL/g.
  • the reducing agent is preferably zinc borohydride, sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 12 to the reducing agent is preferably 1:1. 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:3.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably -78 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 12 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ⁇ 12h, further preferably 4h to 10h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 12 can be produced by the following method: in a protic solvent, under the acidic condition, the compound 13 and the oxidizing agent Performing an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 12;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 12 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent and/or water; the alcohol solvent is preferably t-butanol; when a mixed solvent of t-butanol and water is used, the tert-butyl
  • the volume ratio of t-butanol to water in the mixed solvent of alcohol and water is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 5:1 to 3:1.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 13 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 200 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably chlorous acid; the chlorous acid is preferably obtained by reacting sodium chlorite with sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 13 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the acidic conditions are preferably achieved by the addition of a strong base weak acid salt, preferably sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
  • a strong base weak acid salt preferably sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
  • the molar ratio of the strong base weak acid salt to the compound 13 is preferably 1:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
  • the acidic condition is preferably pH 2-4.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, further preferably 20 ° C ⁇ 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 13 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 24h, further preferably 2h-8h.
  • the method of preparing the compound 12 is preferably carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger, preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol.
  • a radical scavenger preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol.
  • the molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 13 is preferably from 0.5:1 to 3:1, more preferably from 1:1 to 2:1.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 13 can be produced by oxidizing the compound 14 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent. Obtaining the compound 13;
  • R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 13 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably 1,4-dioxane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 14 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably selenium dioxide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 14 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 80 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably from 100 ° C to 140 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 5 h when the compound 14 disappears. Further, it is preferably 2h to 4h.
  • the process for preparing compound 13 is preferably carried out under the protection of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen or argon.
  • an inert gas preferably nitrogen or argon.
  • One or more of the suffocating gases are preferably carried out under the protection of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen or argon.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for preparing the compound 13, the compound 14 can be obtained by the following method: the compound 15 is subjected to an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 14;
  • R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 14 may employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art.
  • Ley's oxidation is particularly preferably used; the Ley's oxidation may be in the art.
  • the conventional method of Ley's oxidation in the present invention, the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 15 and the oxidizing agent are subjected to a Lewis oxidation reaction in the presence of a catalyst in an organic solvent to obtain a compound 14 .
  • the organic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or a nitrile solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used.
  • the volume ratio of dichloromethane to acetonitrile in the mixed solvent is preferably 20:1 to 1:1, further preferably 15:1 to 10:1.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 15 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 200 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably N-methylmorpholine oxide (CAS: 7529-22-8, English name is 4-Methylmorpholine N-oxide).
  • the molar ratio of the compound 15 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
  • the catalyst is preferably tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP).
  • the molar ratio of the compound 15 to the catalyst is preferably from 20:1 to 5:1, further preferably from 10:1 to 15:1.
  • the temperature of the Leyd oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 15 disappears as the reaction end point.
  • the reaction time is preferably 5 h to 20 h, and more preferably 8 h to 12 h.
  • the method for preparing the compound 14 is preferably carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve; the molecular sieve is preferably Molecular sieves.
  • the mass molar ratio of the molecular sieve to the compound 15 is preferably from 1 g/mol to 5 g/mol, further preferably from 1 g/mol to 2 g/mol.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 15 can be produced by removing the hydroxyl group from the compound 16 and the fluorinating reagent in a solvent. a reaction of the group to obtain the compound 15;
  • R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group such as trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl Phenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) or methoxymethyl (MOM).
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyl Phenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • MOM methoxymethyl
  • the method for producing the compound 15 can employ a conventional method of the reaction for removing a hydroxy protecting group in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the solvent to the compound 15 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 50 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
  • the fluorinating agent is preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride and/or potassium fluoride.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 16 to the fluorinating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
  • the temperature of the reaction for removing the hydroxy protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction for removing the hydroxy protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 16 disappears as the reaction end point.
  • the reaction time is preferably from 1 h to 5 h, more preferably from 2 h to 3 h.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 15, the compound 16 can be produced by subjecting the compound 17 to acetylation in a solvent in the presence of a base.
  • the reagent is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain the compound 16;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
  • the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:4.
  • the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride, further preferably acetic anhydride;
  • the acetyl halide is preferably acetyl chloride or acetyl bromide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:20; when the acetylating agent is an acetyl halide, the compound 17 is as described
  • the molar ratio of the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:1.5.
  • the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 60 ° C.
  • the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 17 is the end point of the reaction, and the reaction time is preferably 1h to 24h, further preferably 8h to 12h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 16, the compound 17 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent , the compound 18 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 17;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 18 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably from 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
  • the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
  • the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 18 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 40:1 to 100:1.
  • the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
  • the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 18 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 40:1 to 100:1.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 18 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 12h to 18h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for producing the compound 17 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 18 and an aprotic solvent, followed by a reducing agent and an acid, followed by a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 17.
  • the method for preparing the compound 17 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after the end of the reaction, the base is adjusted to pH about 7, the extract is concentrated, and the column chromatography is carried out to obtain the compound 17.
  • the alkali is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably aqueous ammonia; the aqueous ammonia may be a conventional commercially available aqueous ammonia reagent, and the aqueous ammonia reagent preferably has a mass percentage of 5% to 50%, further preferably 15%. ⁇ 40%, the mass percentage refers to the percentage of the mass of ammonia gas to the total mass of the aqueous ammonia solution.
  • the solvent used for the extraction is preferably an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
  • the column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 17, the compound 18 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 19 Dehydrating with a dehydrating agent to obtain the compound 18;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 18 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane;
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 19 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 100 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
  • the dehydrating agent is preferably dichlorosulfoxide, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate)
  • Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate
  • the molar ratio of the compound 19 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
  • the molar ratio of the base to the compound 19 is preferably 1:1 to 50:1; for example, 1:1 to 10:1, and further, for example, 3:1 to 6:1.
  • the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the dehydration reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 19 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 8h to 15h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the process for the preparation of the compound 18 is preferably carried out in the presence of a catalyst, preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, CAS: 1122-58-3, English name 4-Dimethylaminopyridine).
  • a catalyst preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, CAS: 1122-58-3, English name 4-Dimethylaminopyridine).
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • CAS CAS: 1122-58-3
  • English name 4-Dimethylaminopyridine 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • the method for preparing the compound 18 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) and methanesulfonyl chloride to a solution of the compound 19, triethylamine and an organic solvent, followed by dehydration to obtain the compound.
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • methanesulfonyl chloride a solution of the compound 19, triethylamine and an organic solvent
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 18, the compound 19 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of a basic substance, Compound 10 is reacted with compound 20 to obtain the compound 19;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 19 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 10 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably from 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
  • the basic substance may be a basic substance conventionally known in the art (ie, a substance having a pH greater than 7); preferably an inorganic base, an organic base, a basic oxide, or a strong base is weak.
  • a basic substance conventionally known in the art ie, a substance having a pH greater than 7
  • an inorganic base preferably sodium methoxide and/or potassium t-butoxide
  • the organic base is preferably tetrabutylammonium hydroxide or 1,8-diazabicyclo ring.
  • Undec-7-ene (DBU, CAS: 6674-22-2, English name is 1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0]undec-7-ene), tetramethylguanidine (TMG, CAS: 80-70-6, English name is Tetramethylguanidine) and lithium diisopropylamide (LDA, CAS: 4111-44-0, English name is Lithium diisopropylamide).
  • the basic oxide is preferably basic alumina; the strong base weak acid salt is preferably potassium acetate; and the ion exchange resin is preferably Amberlite A-21.
  • the molar ratio of the basic substance to the compound 10 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:1 to 1:5.
  • the temperature of the reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 20 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 10 h, further. It is preferably 5h to 8h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC or HPLC
  • the compound 10 can be synthesized by the method reported in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2010, 49, 4656-4660, and the following reaction methods and conditions can also be employed:
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the steps of: performing a Michael addition reaction of the compound 11 with acetone in the presence of an additive and a catalyst in an organic solvent to obtain the compound 10;
  • R 4 is as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 10 can employ a conventional method of the Michael addition reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon The solvent is preferably toluene and/or mesitylene;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane and/or carbon tetrachloride;
  • the solvent is preferably diethyl ether and/or anisole;
  • the alkane solvent is preferably n-hexane; and the halogenated arene solvent is preferably chlorobenzene and/or trifluorotoluene.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 11 is preferably 0.1 mL/g to 10 mL/g, and more preferably 0.1 mL/g to 1 mL/g.
  • the additive is preferably an organic acid; the organic acid is preferably benzoic acid, acetic acid, p-dibenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid, (+)-camphorsulfonic acid. And one or more of p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • the molar ratio of the additive to the compound 11 is preferably 0.1:1 to 1:1, further preferably 0.1:1 to 0.5:1.
  • the molar ratio of the acetone to the compound 11 is preferably 5:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
  • the catalyst is preferably any of the catalysts represented by the following formula, and more preferably a Jacobsen catalyst;
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 is preferably 0.01 to 0.1:1, more preferably 0.01 to 0.05:1.
  • the temperature of the Michael addition reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the Michael addition reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction is terminated when the compound 11 disappears.
  • the time is preferably from 1 d to 5 d, and more preferably from 3 d to 4 d.
  • the Jacobsen catalyst can be synthesized by the method reported in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 7170-7171.
  • the method for producing the compound 10 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding a catalyst, an additive and acetone to a solution of the compound 11 and an organic solvent to carry out a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 10.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for preparing the compound 19, Compound 20 can be synthesized by the method reported in Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2003, 11, 827-841. In the present invention, particularly preferred is the following reaction method and conditions: in an aprotic solvent, the compound 21 and an oxidizing agent oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 20;
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 20 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran; and the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon.
  • the solvent, the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 21 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably from 10 mL/g to 30 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably a Dess-Martin periodinane (CAS: 87413-09-0, English name is 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1, 2-benziodoxol- One or more of 3(1H)-one), pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) and pyridinium dichromate (PDC).
  • a Dess-Martin periodinane CAS: 87413-09-0
  • English name is 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1, 2-benziodoxol- One or more of 3(1H)-one
  • PCC pyridinium chlorochromate
  • PDC pyridinium dichromate
  • the molar ratio of the compound 21 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 21 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction time. It is preferably 1 h to 10 h, further preferably 1 h to 3 h.
  • the method for preparing the compound 20 is preferably carried out in the presence of a base; the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably one or more of sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and cesium carbonate.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 21 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, and more preferably 1:2 to 1:4.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 21 can be produced by subjecting the compound 22 to a condensation reaction with a ketone in the presence of a catalyst. Obtaining the compound 21;
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 21 can employ a conventional method of the condensation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the catalyst is preferably montmorillonite; the montmorillonite is preferably a conventional commercially available montmorillonite, further preferably K-10 montmorillonite.
  • the mass molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 22 is preferably from 100 g/mol to 1000 g/mol, further preferably from 400 g/mol to 600 g/mol.
  • the ketone is preferably acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone or 3-pentanone.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the ketone to the compound 22 is preferably 30 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
  • the temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the condensation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 22 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 5 h. 20h, further preferably 8h to 15h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for preparing the compound 21 is preferably carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve; the molecular sieve is preferably a conventional commercially available molecular sieve, further preferably Molecular sieves.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 22 is preferably produced by a method of reducing a compound 23 with a reducing agent in an aprotic solvent. Obtaining the compound 22;
  • R 3 is as defined above.
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the mass-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 23 in the method of preparing the compound 22 It is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
  • the reducing agent is preferably one or more of lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride and zinc borohydride.
  • the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 23 is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 23 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 10h to 15h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for producing the compound 22 preferably employs the step of dropwise adding a solution of the compound 23 and an aprotic solvent to a solution of an aprotic solvent and a reducing agent to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 22.
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 22, the compound 23 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, D-( -) - diethyl tartrate 24 and a hydroxyl protecting reagent to carry out the reaction of the upper hydroxyl protecting group to obtain the compound 23;
  • R 3 is as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 23 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably an amide solvent; and the amide solvent is preferably N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 6 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base; the inorganic base is preferably sodium hydride; the sodium hydride is preferably a conventional commercially available sodium hydride reagent; and the sodium hydride reagent is preferably 20% by mass. ⁇ 95%, further preferably 50% to 85%; the mass percentage refers to the mass of sodium hydride as a percentage of the total mass of the sodium hydride reagent.
  • the molar ratio of the base to the D-(-)-divinyl tartrate 24 is preferably 1:1.
  • the hydroxy protecting agent is preferably tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, tert-butyldiphenylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, and chloromethyl group.
  • the ethers One or more of the ethers.
  • the temperature of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group can be monitored by conventional test methods in the art (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC), generally D-(-)-divinyl tartaric acid
  • TLC time-(-)-divinyl tartaric acid
  • the method for preparing the compound 23 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a solution of D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 and an organic solvent to a solution formed of sodium hydride and an organic solvent, and further adding a hydroxy protecting reagent and an organic solvent.
  • the resulting solution is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction to give the compound 23.
  • the compound 11 can be prepared by the method reported in the literature, Zhu, S.; Yu, S.; Wang, Y.; Ma, D. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2010, 49, 4656. get.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 may employ a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art.
  • the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 35 is hydrolyzed with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain Compound 2 can be described;
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 35 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base, and the inorganic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; Potassium oxide or lithium hydroxide can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art.
  • the inorganic base may participate in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, and when the inorganic base participates in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, the molar concentration of the aqueous solution of the inorganic alkali is preferably from 1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, further preferably 5 mol. /L ⁇ 10mol / L, the molar ratio refers to the ratio of the number of moles of the inorganic base to the volume of the aqueous solution of the inorganic base.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 35 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:40 to 1:100.
  • the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 35 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ⁇ 20h, further preferably 1h to 5h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the third method for preparing the compound 3 may be a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art.
  • the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 34 is hydrolyzed with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain Compound 3 can be described;
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 34 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base, and the inorganic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; Potassium oxide or lithium hydroxide can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art.
  • the inorganic base may participate in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, and when the inorganic base participates in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, the molar concentration of the aqueous solution of the inorganic alkali is preferably from 1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, further preferably 5 mol. /L ⁇ 10mol / L, the molar ratio refers to the ratio of the number of moles of the inorganic base to the volume of the aqueous solution of the inorganic base.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, more preferably 1:40 to 1:100.
  • the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 34 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 10 Minutes to 20 hours, further preferably 30 minutes to 10 hours.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further preferably comprises the steps of: hydrolyzing the compound 34 with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 3 without post-treatment, and then in the acid. In the presence of the reaction, the reaction for removing the protecting group is carried out to obtain the compound 2 as described above.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 35 can be produced by the following method: the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain the Compound 35;
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 35 can employ a conventional method for the reaction for removing the protecting group in the art.
  • the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: in the aprotic solvent, in the presence of an acid, the compound 34
  • the reaction of removing the protecting group can be carried out to obtain the compound 35.
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 34 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
  • the acid is preferably a mineral acid; the inorganic acid is preferably hydrochloric acid; the hydrochloric acid may be a commercially available hydrochloric acid reagent conventionally used in the art, preferably 1% to 10% by mass of hydrochloric acid.
  • the mass percentage refers to the percentage of the mass of hydrogen chloride to the total mass of the hydrochloric acid reagent.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the acid is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:30 to 1:50.
  • the temperature of the reaction for removing the protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction for removing the protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 34 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction
  • the time is preferably from 1 h to 20 h, further preferably from 1 h to 8 h.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 preferably comprises the steps of: removing the protecting group from the compound 34 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an acid, and preparing the compound 35 without post-treatment, and then The hydrolysis reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 2 as described above.
  • the method 1 or the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for producing the compound 35 or the method 3 for preparing the compound 3, the compound 34 can be produced by the following method: in a solvent, a base The compound 33 is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent to obtain the compound 34;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 34 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloro Methane.
  • the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, diisopropylethylamine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of pyridine, diisopropylethylamine, piperidine and triethylamine.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 33 to the base is preferably 1:3 to 1:6, more preferably 1:4 to 1:5.
  • the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; and the acetyl halide is preferably B. Acid chloride or acetyl bromide.
  • the molar ratio of the acetylating agent to the compound 33 is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:1.1.
  • the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 33 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferred. 10 min to 2 h, further preferably 10 min to 1 h.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 33 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent, The compound 32 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ester solvent; and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 32 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 90 mL/g to 120 mL/g.
  • the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
  • the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 32 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
  • the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
  • the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 32 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably -10 to 40 °C, more preferably 0 to 30 °C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 24 h when the compound 32 disappears. Further, it is preferably 4h to 10h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for producing the compound 33 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 32 and an aprotic solvent is sequentially added with a reducing agent and an acid to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33.
  • the method for preparing the compound 33 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after completion of the reaction, filtration, extraction, concentration, and column chromatography to give the compound 33.
  • the filtration is preferably filtered using diatomaceous earth.
  • the extraction is preferably carried out using an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
  • the column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 33, the compound 32 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 31 is Dehydrating agent is subjected to a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 32;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 32 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane;
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 31 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably from 20 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
  • the molar ratio of the base to the compound 31 is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 8:1 to 5:1.
  • the dehydrating agent is preferably thionyl chloride and/or methanesulfonyl chloride.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 31 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
  • the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably -78 ° C to 30 ° C, and more preferably -78 ° C to 0 ° C.
  • the progress of the dehydration reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 31 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 0.1 h. ⁇ 5h, further preferably 0.5h to 2h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the method for producing the compound 32 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a dehydrating agent to a solution of the compound 31, a base and an organic solvent, and performing a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 32.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 32, the compound 31 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of an oxidizing agent, the compound 30 Performing an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 31;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for producing the compound 31 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent, and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 30 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 50 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
  • the oxidizing agent is preferably Dess Martin oxidizing agent (CAS: 87413-09-0).
  • the Dess Martin oxidizing agent can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 30 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
  • the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably -30 ° C to 30 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, and generally, when the compound 30 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 10h, further preferably 1h to 5h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 31, the compound 30 can be produced by the following method: in a protic solvent, in the presence of a base, Compound 29 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain the compound 30;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 30 can employ a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent; and the alcohol solvent is preferably methanol.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 29 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 30 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably potassium carbonate and/or sodium methoxide, further preferably sodium methoxide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 29 to the base is preferably from 3:1 to 1:1, further preferably from 2:1 to 1:1.
  • the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 29 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 hour. ⁇ 1 day, further preferably 3 hours to 10 hours.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of producing the compound 30, the compound 29 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand are present. Under the conditions, the compound 28 and the compound 9 are reacted to obtain the compound 29;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 29 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 9 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 10 mL/g to 30 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably cesium carbonate.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 2:1 to 4:1.
  • the catalyst is preferably an inorganic copper salt; and the inorganic copper salt is a salt formed by reacting copper with an inorganic acid.
  • the inorganic copper salt is preferably one or more of copper chloride, cuprous chloride, cuprous bromide, copper bromide and cuprous iodide, and further preferably copper bromide.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 28 to the catalyst is preferably 1:1 to 10:1, further preferably 2:1 to 10:1.
  • the molar ratio of the compound 28 to the compound 9 is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
  • the catalyst ligand is preferably a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst is preferably
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 28 is preferably from 1:10 to 3:10, further preferably from 1:5 to 3:10.
  • the temperature of the reaction is preferably -20 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 28 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 24 h to 96 h. Further, it is preferably 24h to 48h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC
  • the compound 9 can be synthesized by the method reported in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry. 1998, 9, 1359 - 1367.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 29, the compound 28 can be produced by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base and a catalyst, the compound 27 The reaction with the hydroxy protecting reagent is carried out on the upper hydroxyl protecting group to obtain the compound 28;
  • R 4 is the same as described above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 28 can employ a conventional method of the reaction of the above-mentioned hydroxy protecting group in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 27 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 10 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
  • the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic is preferably triethylamine.
  • the molar ratio of the base to the compound 27 is preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
  • the catalyst is preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 27 is preferably from 0.01:1 to 0.5:1, further preferably from 0.05:1 to 0.2:1.
  • the hydroxy protecting agent is preferably acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, acetyl bromide, trifluoroacetyl chloride, trifluoroacetyl bromide, trimethylchlorosilane, trimethylbromosilane, tert-butyl group Methylchlorosilane, tert-butyldimethylbromosilane, triethylchlorosilane, triethylbromosilane, benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide is further preferably acetic anhydride.
  • the temperature of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group is preferably from 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reaction of the upper hydroxyl protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is generally when the compound 27 disappears. It is preferably 1 minute to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
  • the method for preparing the compound 28 preferably employs the following steps: a solution of the compound 27 and an organic solvent, a catalyst, a base and a hydroxy protecting reagent, and a reaction of an upper hydroxy protecting group to obtain the compound 28.
  • the method for producing the compound 28 is further preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 27 and an organic solvent, a catalyst, a base and a hydroxy protecting reagent, and a reaction of an upper hydroxy protecting group are carried out to obtain the compound 28.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 28, the compound 27 can be produced by subjecting the compound 26 to a reducing agent in a protic solvent. Reduction reaction to obtain the compound 27;
  • R 4 is the same as described above.
  • the method for producing the compound 27 can employ a conventional method of the reduction reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent; and the alcohol solvent is preferably methanol.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 26 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 20 mL/g to 40 mL/g.
  • the reducing agent is preferably an alkali metal borohydride
  • the alkali metal borohydride refers to a salt of an alkali metal with BH 4 - , preferably sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride and boron.
  • BH 4 - preferably sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride and boron.
  • lithium hydride, the sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride or lithium borohydride is a conventionally commercially available reagent.
  • the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 26 is preferably from 0.4:1 to 10:1, more preferably from 0.4:1 to 1:1.
  • the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferred when the compound 26 disappears. 10 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
  • the method for producing the compound 27 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a sodium borohydride to a solution of the compound 26 and a protic solvent to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 27.
  • the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps.
  • the compound 26 can be produced by the following method: in the presence of a catalyst, the compound 11 and acetone are present in an organic solvent. The methyl ester is subjected to a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 26;
  • R 4 is as defined above.
  • the method for preparing the compound 26 can employ a conventional method of the Michael addition reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
  • the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon The solvent is preferably toluene and/or mesitylene;
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent;
  • the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane and/or chloroform;
  • the ether solvent Preference is given to diethyl ether and/or anisole;
  • the alkane-based solvent is preferably n-hexane.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 11 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
  • the molar ratio of the methyl pyruvate to the compound 11 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:3 to 1:10.
  • the catalyst is preferably any of the catalysts represented by the following formulas, and further preferably a Jacobsen catalyst:
  • the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 is preferably from 0.01:1 to 0.2:1, more preferably from 0.03:1 to 0.1:1.
  • the temperature of the Michael addition reaction is preferably -10 to 40 ° C, more preferably 0 to 30 ° C, still more preferably 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the Michael addition reaction can be monitored by conventional test methods in the art (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC), generally when the compound methyl pyruvate disappears.
  • the reaction time is preferably from 12 hours to 5 days, more preferably from 12 hours to 48 hours.
  • the Jacobsen catalyst can be synthesized by the method reported in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 7170-7171.
  • the method for producing the compound 26 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding a catalyst and methyl pyruvate to a solution formed of the compound 11 and an organic solvent, and performing a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 26.
  • the compound 2 described in the present invention is preferably prepared by any of the following routes:
  • Compound 20 is preferably prepared by the following route:
  • the compound 1 after the preparation of the compound 2, the compound 1 can also be prepared, which comprises the steps of: in a solvent, The compound 2 is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction with a hydrazine reagent to obtain a compound 1;
  • R is methyl or hydrogen; when R is hydrogen, compound 1 is Zanamivir; and when R is methyl, compound 1 is Laninamivir.
  • the method for preparing the compound 1 can be synthesized by referring to the method reported in J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1995, 1173-1180, or a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, in the present invention.
  • the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred:
  • the solvent is preferably water.
  • the volume-to-mass ratio of the solvent to the compound 2 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 60 mL/g to 90 mL/g.
  • the hydrazine reagent is preferably thiourea trioxide, N, N'-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine (N, N'-bis (tert) -butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine, CAS: 152120-54-2), 1H-pyrazole-1-carboximidinehydrochloride, CAS: 4023-02-3 Or N,N'-di-tert-butoxycarbonylthiourea (N,N'-Di-Boc-thiourea, CAS: 145013-05-04)
  • the molar ratio of the compound 2 to the hydrazine reagent is preferably 1:1 to 1:30, further preferably 1:10 to 1:15.
  • the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 2 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 18h to 36h, further preferably 30h to 36h.
  • a conventional test method such as TLC, HPLC or NMR
  • the process for preparing the compound 1 is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base; the inorganic base is preferably potassium carbonate and/or sodium carbonate; the molar ratio of the inorganic base to the compound 2 The ratio is preferably 1:1 to 3:1, further preferably 1:1 to 2:1.
  • the method for preparing the compound 1 preferably employs the step of sequentially adding a base and a hydrazine reagent in a solution of the compound 2 and a solvent in a batchwise manner to carry out a nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain a compound 1.
  • the invention also provides a method for synthesizing compound 3, when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triiso
  • R 1 is trimethylsilyl
  • TIPS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS propylsilyl
  • MOM methoxymethyl
  • the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 1; when R 1 is hydrogen, the compound 3 can be the following method.
  • R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS),
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • MOM methoxymethyl
  • methyl or hydrogen the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method three;
  • Method 1 in a protic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 4 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 3;
  • Method 2 reducing the compound 12 and the reducing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 3;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 3.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 4, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 5 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 4;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 4.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 5, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 6 to an nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 5;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 5.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 6, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 7 to a reduction reaction in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 6;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 6.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 7, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 8 and the dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 7;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 7.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 8, which comprises the steps of: reacting the compound 10 with the compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain a compound 8;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 8.
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 10, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 11 and acetone to a Michael addition reaction in an organic solvent, in the presence of an additive and a catalyst, to obtain a compound 10;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 12, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 13 with an oxidizing agent under acidic conditions in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 12;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 13, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 14 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 13;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 14, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 15 to an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 14;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 15, which comprises the steps of: removing the hydroxy protecting group from the compound 16 and the fluorinating reagent in a solvent to obtain the compound 15;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 16, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 17 to an nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 16;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 17, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 18 to a reduction reaction in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 17;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 18, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 19 with a dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 18;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 21, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 22 to a condensation reaction with a ketone in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a compound 21;
  • the present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 22, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 23 and the reducing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 22;
  • R 3 is the same as above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 22.
  • the invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 23, which comprises the steps of: reacting D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base; , obtaining compound 23;
  • R 3 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 23.
  • the present invention also provides a preparation method of the compound 35, which comprises the following steps: the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain the compound 35;
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the preparation of compound 35.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 34, which comprises the steps of: nucleophilic substitution reaction of the compound 33 with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 34;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 34 as described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 33, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 32 in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 33;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 33 as described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 32, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 31 with a dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 32;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 32 as described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 31, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 30 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 31;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 31 as described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 30, which comprises the steps of: hydrolyzing the compound 29 in a protic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 30;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing the compound 30 described above.
  • the present invention also provides a process for the preparation of the compound 29, which comprises the steps of reacting the compound 28 with the compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain the compound 29 ;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 29 as described above.
  • the invention also provides a preparation method of the compound 28, which comprises the steps of: reacting the compound 27 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base and a catalyst, to obtain the compound 28; ;
  • R 4 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 28 as described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 27, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 26 with a reducing agent in a protic solvent to obtain the compound 27;
  • R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group; and each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing the compound 27 described above.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing compound 26, which comprises the steps of: Michael addition reaction of compound 11 with methyl pyruvate in an organic solvent in the presence of a catalyst to obtain the compound 26;
  • R 4 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 26 as described above.
  • the invention also provides compounds 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 or 35, the structural formula is as follows:
  • R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen;
  • R 2 and R 5 is independently methyl, ethyl or propyl;
  • R 4 is an amino protecting group; the amino protecting group is t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or p-toluenesulfonyl;
  • R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group, The hydroxy protecting group is a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group or a methoxymethyl group.
  • R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen
  • R 2 and R 5 is independently methyl
  • R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl
  • R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl.
  • the room temperature refers to an ambient temperature of -20 ° C to 40 ° C.
  • the reagents and starting materials used in the present invention are commercially available.
  • the positive progress of the invention is that the synthesis method of the invention has the advantages of low cost and easy availability, mild reaction conditions, short steps, high total yield, low production cost, good product purity, high chiral purity and good industrial production. prospect.
  • diastereoisomer ratio is an abbreviation of English diastereoisomer ratio, indicating the ratio of diastereomers; when the product is a pair of diastereomers, two data before and after "&" indicate these two isoforms.
  • Cat. 7 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 599; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 8 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9624;
  • Cat. 9 can be found in the literature: Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2010, 1849; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 10 can be found in the literature: Tetrahedron. Lett. 2010, 51, 209; reported method synthesis.
  • Cat. 11 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2010, 12, 1756; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 12 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 7170; reported method synthesis;
  • Cat. 13 can be found in the literature: Adv. Synth. Catal. 2012, 354, 740;
  • the structure of the catalyst is as follows:
  • Compound 8 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous toluene (15 mL), and Burgess reagent is added.
  • Burges reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate, CAS: 29684-56-8) (79 mg, 0.33 mmol) for 8 h at room temperature.
  • R 1 is a methoxymethyl group
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group
  • R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group
  • 1.0 g, 2.25 mmol dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane Selenium dioxide (500 mg, 4.50 mmol) was added to (300 mL).
  • Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 70 ° C for 2 h under argon protection.
  • R 1 is a methoxymethyl group
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group
  • R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group
  • 1.0 g, 2.25 mmol dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane Selenium dioxide (500 mg, 4.50 mmol) was added to (300 mL).
  • Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 100 ° C for 2 h under argon protection.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.0 g, 2.18 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (120 mL) and water (40 mL) 2, 2-methylbutene (40 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (2.10 mg, 17.44 mmol) were added in that order, and finally sodium chlorite (789 mg, 8.72 mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq.
  • LiBH 4 (13.72 g, 0.63 mmol) was weighed into a three-necked flask, 630 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added, and cooled to 0 ° C.
  • Compound 23 (R 3 was tert-butyldimethylsilyl) (96.13 g, 0.3 mmol) Dissolved in 200 mL, slowly added to the above solution, naturally added to room temperature after the addition, and allowed to react overnight. After quenching with a saturated NH 4 Cl solution, ethyl acetate was extracted three times, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Example 15 was repeated except that sodium methoxide was replaced with the following base, compound 19 in the presence of different bases (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R The synthesis optimization of 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) is shown in Table 7.
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl (400 mg, 1.00 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (60 mL) and acetonitrile (6 mL) Molecular sieves (200 mg) and N-methylmorpholine oxide (203 mg, 1.50 mmol) were stirred for 3 min, and tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP) (35 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride.
  • TPAP tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate
  • R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (74 mg, 0.18 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (15 mL) and water (5 mL). Butene (0.3 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (223 mg, 1.43 mmol) were added, followed by sodium chlorite (65 mg, 0.72 mmol). The reaction was carried out for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq.
  • Example 23 was repeated except that the following reducing agent was used in place of the zinc borohydride, and the experimental results are shown in Table 8 below:
  • the catalyst type screening in the synthesis of compound 8 is shown in Table 9, the catalyst equivalent screening is shown in Table 10; and the equivalent screening of compound 10 is shown in Table 11.
  • Compound 8 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (11.57 g, 27.53 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.5 L), 0 Pyridine (110.82 mL, 1376.50 mmol) and chlorosulfoxide (10 mL, 137.65 mmol) were successively added, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 2 h.
  • Compound 8 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), followed by the addition of triethylamine (100 ⁇ L, 0.72mmol), DMAP (7mg, 0.04mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (53 ⁇ L, 0.24mmol), reacted for 8h at room temperature, add triethylamine (66 ⁇ L, 0.48mmol), DMAP (4mg, 0.03mmol) and methane Sulfonyl chloride (31 ⁇ L, 0.14 mmol) was continued for 4 h.
  • triethylamine 100 ⁇ L, 0.72mmol
  • DMAP 7mg, 0.04mmol
  • methanesulfonyl chloride 53 ⁇ L, 0.24mmol
  • Compound 8 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous toluene (15 mL), and Burgess reagent (Burgess) Reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate, CAS: 29684-56-8) (86 mg, 0.36 mmol) for 8 h at room temperature. Quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution.
  • Compound 5 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (5.81 g, 14.02 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 L) Selenium dioxide (3.11 g, 28.04 mmol) was added. Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 75 ° C for 2 h under argon protection.
  • Compound 5 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (5.81 g, 14.02 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 L) Selenium dioxide (3.11 g, 28.04 mmol) was added. Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 100 ° C for 2 h under argon protection.
  • R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (2.33 g, 5.44 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (180 mL) and water (60 mL) 2-Methylbutene (20 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (5.25 g, 43.76 mmol) were sequentially added, and finally sodium chlorite (1.98 g, 21.89 mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq.
  • nitro compound 11 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (165.41 g, 879 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (1500 mL), then EtOAc (11.45 g, 29.31 mmol) was added sequentially, and methyl pyruvate (26.9 mL, 293 mmol) was added. After that, it was reacted at room temperature for 24 hours.
  • Cat. 7 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 599; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 8 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9624;
  • Cat. 9 can be found in the literature: Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2010, 1849; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 10 can be found in the literature: Tetrahedron. Lett. 2010, 51, 209; reported method synthesis.
  • Cat. 11 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2010, 12, 1756; reported methods of synthesis.
  • Cat. 12 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 7170; reported method synthesis;
  • Cat. 13 can be found in the literature: Adv. Synth. Catal. 2012, 354, 740;
  • the structure of the catalyst is as follows:
  • the trifluoroacetate salt of Compound 2 (R is methyl) (1.35 g, 3.23 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, CAS: 68-12-2) (40 mL) 1d was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine DIPEA (CAS:7087-68-5, English name N,N-Diisopropylethylamine) (1.7 mL, 9.70 mmol) and 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine salt. The acid salt (1.42 g, 9.70 mmol) was added a total of 3 times. The reaction was carried out for 5 days at room temperature.
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DIPEA CAS:7087-68-5, English name N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
  • Laninamivir's octanoate CS-8958 can be esterified to Lannamivir by reference to a patent (WO 2008/126943).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Zanamivir, a Zanamivir intermediate compound (formula 2), and a preparation method therefor. The preparation method is method 1 or 2. Method 1 comprises the following steps: compound 3 undergoes a reaction to remove a protecting group so as to obtain compound 2; method 2 comprises the following steps: compound 35 undergoes a hydrolysis reaction so as to obtain compound 2; R is hydrogen or methyl; R1 is trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl silicon, silicon-triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl, or hydrogen; R2 and R5 are independently methyl, ethyl, or propyl; R4 is an amino protecting group; the amino protecting group is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, or p-toluenesulfonyl chloride.

Description

扎那米韦和拉那米韦的中间体及其合成方法Intermediates of zanamivir and lamamivir and synthesis methods thereof
本申请要求申请日为2013年9月9日的中国专利申请CN201310408033.5的优先权。本申请引用上述中国专利申请的全文。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. CN201310408033.5, filed on Sep. 9, 2013. This application cites the entire text of the above-mentioned Chinese patent application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及扎那米韦和拉那米韦的中间体及其合成方法。This invention relates to intermediates of zanamivir and ranamivir and methods for their synthesis.
背景技术Background technique
Zanamivir(扎那米韦)是基于药物设计合成出来的第一类神经氨酸酶抑制剂,它和Oseltamivir(奥司他韦)是目前市面上为数不多的两种被批准用于治疗甲型和乙型流感病毒的药物。它于1989年被Biota的科学家发现,1990年被授权给葛兰素史克公司用于临床治疗。1999获得FDA批准并于于美国上市。Zanamivir (zanamivir) is the first type of neuraminidase inhibitor synthesized based on drug design. It and Oseltamivir (oseltamivir) are currently the only two approved on the market for the treatment of type A. And drugs of the influenza B virus. It was discovered by scientists at Biota in 1989 and was licensed to GlaxoSmithKline for clinical treatment in 1990. 1999 was approved by the FDA and listed in the US.
1994年,澳大利亚的蒙纳什大学M.V.Itzstein率先完成了扎那米韦的首次合成(Carbohydr.Res.,1994,259,301-305)。他们从N-乙酰神经氨酸出发,利用叠氮化物对噁唑啉环开环来引入所需的氮原子,将叠氮氢化后经过几步转化得到扎那米韦。In 1994, M.V. Itzstein of Monash University in Australia completed the first synthesis of zanamivir (Carbohydr. Res., 1994, 259, 301-305). Starting from N-acetylneuraminic acid, the aziridine ring is opened by an azide to introduce the desired nitrogen atom, and the azide is hydrogenated and converted into zanamivir in several steps.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000001
该方法只能提供毫克级的产物用于临床研究。由于采用叠氮化物,试剂和中间体存在的爆炸危险,给大规模工业生产带来了危险性。此外,原料N-乙酰神经氨酸不易获得,也限制了该方法的应用。This method can only provide milligrams of product for clinical studies. The danger of explosion due to the use of azides, reagents and intermediates poses a risk to large-scale industrial production. In addition, the raw material N-acetylneuraminic acid is not readily available, which also limits the application of the method.
1995年,加拿大默克公司的J.Scheigetz等人发现上述反应重复性不好。他们采用了同样的原料和类似的策略,对扎那米韦的合成工艺进行了优化使得收率和重复性得以提高(Org.Prep.Proc.Int.,1995,27,637-644)。用DPPA代替了叠氮化锂等具有易爆炸性质试剂。尽管他们只合成了毫克级的产物,但是他们为后面人的研究打下了基础。 In 1995, J. Scheigetz et al. of Merck, Canada, found that the above reaction was not reproducible. They used the same raw materials and similar strategies to optimize the synthesis of zanamivir to improve yield and repeatability (Org. Prep. Proc. Int., 1995, 27, 637-644). DPPA is substituted for reagents with explosive properties such as lithium azide. Although they only synthesized milligrams of products, they laid the foundation for later research.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000002
1995年,英国葛兰素史克公司的M.Chandler等人首次报道了对扎那米韦的克级合成(J.Chem.Soc.,Perkin Trans.I,1995,1173-1180)。他们同样采用N-乙酰神经氨酸作为起始原料,3步非常高效地得到前人关键的噁唑啉中间体。使用TMSN3作为氮源后经过5步转化可以得到产物。In 1995, M. Chandler et al. of GlaxoSmithKline, UK, reported for the first time a gram-level synthesis of zanamivir (J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1995, 1173-1180). They also used N-acetylneuraminic acid as a starting material, and the key oxazoline intermediates were obtained very efficiently in 3 steps. The product can be obtained after 5 steps of conversion using TMSN 3 as a nitrogen source.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000003
尽管他们得到了1.28克扎那米韦,但是他们多步反应都需要以几百克规模制备的,包括600克规模的叠氮取代反应,并且需要多步离子交换树脂脱盐。9步反应总产率8.3%,仍然有许多地方需要改进。Although they obtained 1.28 grams of zanamivir, their multi-step reactions required preparation on a few hundred grams scale, including a 600 gram scale azide substitution reaction, and required multiple steps of ion exchange resin desalting. The total yield of the 9-step reaction was 8.3%, and there are still many areas where improvement is needed.
前人的工作都是对N-乙酰神经氨酸进行结构改造,2004年,我国上海有机所的姚祝军教授也报道了对扎那米韦的合成(Org.Lett.,2004,6,2269-2272)。与前人不同的是他们采用廉价的葡萄糖酸内酯为原料,采用了一步关键的叠氮化合物对氮杂环丙烷开环反应引入了扎那米韦中所需的氮原子,将叠氮氢化后进过后续转化可以完成其合成。The work of the predecessors was to reconstruct the structure of N-acetylneuraminic acid. In 2004, Professor Yao Zhujun of the Shanghai Institute of Organic Chemistry in China also reported the synthesis of zanamivir (Org. Lett., 2004, 6, 2269-2272). ). Different from the predecessors, they use cheap gluconolactone as raw material, and adopt a step-by-step key azide compound to open a ring of aziridine to introduce the nitrogen atom needed in zanamivir to hydrogenate azide. Subsequent subsequent conversions can complete their synthesis.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000004
然而,尽管其起始原料十分廉价,但是其24步反应,0.2%的总收率使得该方法工业化十分困难。However, although its starting materials are very inexpensive, its 24 step reaction, a total yield of 0.2%, makes industrialization of the process very difficult.
2012年,日本东京大学的M.Shibasaki教授也报道了他们小组对扎那米韦的合成(Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.,2012,51,1644-1647)。他们采用他们小组发展的不对称Henry反应构建了两个关键的手性中心,并采用新颖的3,3-σ重排反应合成了关键的噁唑啉中间体。和姚祝军教授一样,他们也用了24步完成了其合成,总收率为1.2%。虽然反应十分新颖,但是过长的线性步骤以及较低的收率也使得该方法难以工业化。In 2012, Professor M. Shibasaki of the University of Tokyo in Japan also reported their group's synthesis of zanamivir (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2012, 51, 1644-1647). They constructed two key chiral centers using the asymmetric Henry reaction developed by their group and synthesized key oxazoline intermediates using novel 3,3-σ rearrangement reactions. Like Professor Yao Zhujun, they also completed the synthesis in 24 steps with a total yield of 1.2%. Although the reaction is quite novel, too long linear steps and lower yields make the process difficult to industrialize.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000005
然而随着耐药毒株的出现,加速了一些新型NA抑制剂的研发。Laninamivir(拉那米韦)是Biota Pharmaceuticals和Daiichi Sankyo公司研发的一种神经氨酸酶抑制剂,可用于治疗对奥司他韦具有抗药性的流感病毒感染。服用Laninamivir的人比服用达菲的人平均提前逾60小时康复。Laninamivir于2010年获得批准以Inavir名称在日本上市。其辛酸酯CS-8958亦于同年于日本上市。However, with the emergence of resistant strains, the development of some new NA inhibitors has accelerated. Laninamivir (Lanafinevir) is a neuraminidase inhibitor developed by Biota Pharmaceuticals and Daiichi Sankyo to treat influenza virus infections that are resistant to oseltamivir. People taking Laninamivir recovered more than 60 hours earlier than those who took Tamiflu. Laninamivir was approved in 2010 for listing under the name Inavir in Japan. Its octanoate CS-8958 was also launched in Japan in the same year.
2002年,日本Daiichi Sankyo公司T.Honda等人率先完成了laninamivir的合成(US6340702)。他们他们从苄基保护的糖出发,通过文献的方法得到Aldol反应前体,之后经过Aldol反应酶构建其核心骨架后,经过11步转化得到laninamivir。In 2002, T. Honda et al. of Daiichi Sankyo Corporation of Japan took the lead in completing the synthesis of laninamivir (US6340702). They started from the benzyl-protected sugar and obtained the Aldol reaction precursor by literature. After the core skeleton was constructed by Aldol reaction enzyme, the laninamivir was obtained through 11 steps.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000006
同年,日本Daiichi Sankyo公司T.Honda等人他们改进了laninamivir的合成(Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.,2002,12,1921-1924)。他们从已知更便宜的吡喃糖化合物出发,经过几 步简单转化得到Aldol反应前体,而后通过Aldol反应酶构建其核心骨架,经过8步转化得到laninamivir。In the same year, T. Honda et al., Daiichi Sankyo, Japan, improved the synthesis of laninamivir (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2002, 12, 1921-1924). They start from the cheaper pyranose compounds known to pass through The step is simple transformation to obtain the Aldol reaction precursor, and then the core skeleton is constructed by Aldol reaction enzyme, and laninamivir is obtained through 8 steps of transformation.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000007
该方法原料N-乙酰神经氨酸不易大量获得也限制了该方法的应用。The method, the raw material N-acetylneuraminic acid, is not easy to obtain in large quantities and limits the application of the method.
2002年,日本Daiichi Sankyo公司Y.Kawaoka等人报道了拉那米韦改进的合成(Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.,2002,12,1925-1928)。他们从N-乙酰神经氨酸出发,首先用丙酮叉保护靠近端位两个羟基并将所需羟基甲基化,将羟基转化为胺基后经过几步转化得到拉那米韦。In 2002, Y. Kawaoka et al., Daiichi Sankyo, Japan, reported improved synthesis of lamamivir (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2002, 12, 1925-1928). Starting from N-acetylneuraminic acid, they first protected the two hydroxyl groups near the terminal with an acetone fork and methylated the desired hydroxyl group. After converting the hydroxyl group to the amine group, it was converted into lanamivir in several steps.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000008
2008年,日本Daiichi Sankyo公司Y.Nakamura等人完善了拉那米韦的合成并申请了世界专利(WO 2008/126943)。他们同样采用N-乙酰神经氨酸作为起始原料,3步非常高效地得到前人关键的噁唑啉中间体。使用TMSN3作为氮源后经过5步转化可以得到产物。 In 2008, Y. Nakamura et al. of Daiichi Sankyo Corporation of Japan perfected the synthesis of lamamivir and applied for a world patent (WO 2008/126943). They also used N-acetylneuraminic acid as a starting material, and the key oxazoline intermediates were obtained very efficiently in 3 steps. The product can be obtained after 5 steps of conversion using TMSN 3 as a nitrogen source.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000009
人们期望发展更加高效率的合成方法合成扎那米韦的重要中间体,以便使整个合成路线更加经济,操作更加简单。It is expected to develop more efficient synthetic methods for the synthesis of important intermediates of zanamivir in order to make the entire synthetic route more economical and easier to operate.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明所要解决的技术问题是为了克服现有扎那米韦合成路线较长,总收率低,原子经济性差,操作危险,生产成本高,不适合工业化生产等缺陷,而提供了一种扎那米韦和拉那米韦的中间体及其合成方法。本发明的合成方法原料廉价易得,反应条件温和,步骤较短,总收率高,生产成本低,产品纯度好,手性纯度高,具有良好的工业化生产的前景。The technical problem to be solved by the invention is to overcome the defects that the existing zanamivir synthesis route is long, the total yield is low, the atomic economy is poor, the operation is dangerous, the production cost is high, and it is not suitable for industrial production, and the like is provided. Intermediates of amivir and lamamivir and methods for their synthesis. The synthesis method of the invention has the advantages of low cost and easy availability, mild reaction conditions, short steps, high total yield, low production cost, good product purity, high chiral purity and good prospect of industrial production.
本发明提供了一种化合物2的制备方法,其可以采用方法1或者方法2,The invention provides a preparation method of the compound 2, which can adopt the method 1 or the method 2,
方法1包括以下步骤:将化合物3进行脱除保护基的反应,得到化合物2即可;The method 1 includes the following steps: the compound 3 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain a compound 2;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000010
其中,R为氢或甲基;R1为三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)、甲氧甲基(MOM)、甲基或氢;Wherein R is hydrogen or methyl; R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilane Base (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM), methyl or hydrogen;
R2和R5各自独立的为甲基、乙基或丙基;R4为氨基保护基,例如叔丁氧羰基(Boc)、苄氧基羰基(Cbz)或对甲苯磺酰基(Ts)。R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, ethyl or propyl; R 4 is an amino protecting group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) or p-toluenesulfonyl (Ts).
方法2包括以下步骤:将化合物35进行水解反应,得到化合物2即可; The method 2 includes the following steps: subjecting the compound 35 to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain the compound 2;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000011
R为氢或甲基。R is hydrogen or methyl.
制备化合物2的方法1可以采用本领域中该类脱除保护基的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物3进行脱除保护基的反应,得到化合物2即可;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 may employ a conventional method of the above-described reaction for removing a protecting group in the art, and particularly preferred in the present invention are the following reaction methods and conditions: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of an acid, the compound is used. 3 to carry out the reaction of removing the protecting group to obtain the compound 2;
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷。In the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane. .
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物3的体积质量比优选0.1mL/mg~5mL/mg,进一步优选0.1mL/mg~1mL/mg。In the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 3 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的酸优选无机酸和/或有机酸;所述的无机酸优选盐酸;所述的有机酸优选三氟乙酸;所述的盐酸可以为本领域中常规市售盐酸试剂,优选质量百分比为10%~37%的盐酸,所述的质量百分比是指氯化氢的质量占盐酸试剂总质量的百分比。In the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, the acid is preferably a mineral acid and/or an organic acid; the inorganic acid is preferably hydrochloric acid; the organic acid is preferably trifluoroacetic acid; and the hydrochloric acid may be conventional in the art. A commercially available hydrochloric acid reagent is preferably 10% to 37% by mass of hydrochloric acid, and the mass percentage means a percentage of the mass of hydrogen chloride to the total mass of the hydrochloric acid reagent.
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的化合物3与所述的酸的摩尔比优选1:1~1:100,进一步优选1:30~1:50。In the method 1 for producing the compound 2, the molar ratio of the compound 3 to the acid is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:30 to 1:50.
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的脱除保护基的反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method 1 for producing the compound 2, the temperature of the reaction for removing the protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的脱除保护基的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物3消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选8h~10h。In the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, the progress of the reaction for removing the protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 3 is the end point of the reaction. The reaction time is preferably from 1 h to 20 h, more preferably from 8 h to 10 h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物2的方法1中,当R1为三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)、甲氧甲基(MOM)或甲基时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法一制备;当R1为氢时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法二制备;当R1为三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)、甲氧甲基(MOM)、甲基或氢时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法三制备;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl When diphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM) or methyl, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 1; when R 1 is hydrogen When the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 2; when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl diphenyl silicon (TBDPS) , triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM), methyl or hydrogen, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method three;
方法一:在质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物4与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物3; Method 1: in a protic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 4 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000012
方法二:在非质子溶剂中,将化合物12与还原剂进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物3;Method 2: in aprotic solvent, the compound 12 and a reducing agent are reduced to obtain the compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000013
方法三:将化合物34进行水解反应,得到化合物3即可;Method 3: Compound 34 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain Compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000014
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物3的方法一可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The first method for preparing the compound 3 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的质子性溶剂优选醇类溶剂和/或水;所述的醇类溶剂优选叔丁醇;当采用叔丁醇和水的混合溶剂时,所述的叔丁醇和水的混合溶剂中叔丁醇和水的体积比优选10:1~1:1,进一步优选5:1~3:1。In the first method for preparing the compound 3, the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent and/or water; the alcohol solvent is preferably t-butanol; when a mixed solvent of t-butanol and water is used, the uncle The volume ratio of t-butanol to water in the mixed solvent of butanol and water is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 5:1 to 3:1.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的质子性溶剂与所述的化合物4的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选120mL/g~300mL/g。In the first method for producing the compound 3, the volume-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 4 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 120 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的氧化剂优选亚氯酸;所述的亚氯酸优选通过亚氯酸钠与磷酸二氢钠反应得到。In the first method for producing the compound 3, the oxidizing agent is preferably chlorous acid; and the chlorous acid is preferably obtained by reacting sodium chlorite with sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的化合物4与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:3~1:4。In the first method for producing the compound 3, the molar ratio of the compound 4 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:3 to 1:4.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的酸性条件,优选通过加入强碱弱酸盐来实现, 所述的强碱弱酸盐优选磷酸二氢钠。当采用强碱弱酸盐来实现酸性条件时,所述的强碱弱酸盐与所述的化合物4的摩尔比优选1:1~20:1,进一步优选5:1~10:1。In Process 1 for the preparation of Compound 3, the acidic conditions are preferably achieved by the addition of a strong base weak acid salt. The strong base weak acid salt is preferably sodium dihydrogen phosphate. When a strong base weak acid salt is used to achieve acidic conditions, the molar ratio of the strong base weak acid salt to the compound 4 is preferably 1:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的酸性条件,优选pH为2~5。In the first method for producing the compound 3, the acidic condition is preferably pH 2-4.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the first method for producing the compound 3, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物4消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选2h~8h。In the first method for preparing the compound 3, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 4 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ~24h, further preferably 2h-8h.
制备化合物3的方法一优选在自由基捕获剂存在的条件下进行,所述的自由基捕获剂优选2-甲基丁烯或苯酚。所述的自由基捕获剂与所述的化合物4的摩尔比优选0.5:1~3:1,进一步优选1:1~2:1。The first method for preparing the compound 3 is preferably carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger, preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol. The molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 4 is preferably from 0.5:1 to 3:1, more preferably from 1:1 to 2:1.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的化合物4可以通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物5与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物4;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the first method for preparing the compound 3, the compound 4 can be obtained by oxidizing the compound 5 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent. Reacting to obtain the compound 4;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000015
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物4的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 4 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选1,4-二氧六环。In the method of preparing the compound 4, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably 1,4-dioxane.
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物5的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选150mL/g~300mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 4, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 5 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选二氧化硒。In the method of preparing the compound 4, the oxidizing agent is preferably selenium dioxide.
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的化合物5与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 4, the molar ratio of the compound 5 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选30℃~100℃,进一步优选60℃~100℃,再进一步优选35℃~80℃,最优选40℃~80℃。 In the method for producing the compound 4, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 30 ° C to 100 ° C, more preferably from 60 ° C to 100 ° C, still more preferably from 35 ° C to 80 ° C, and most preferably from 40 ° C to 80 ° C.
在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物5消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~5h,进一步优选2h~3h。In the method for preparing the compound 4, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, and generally, when the compound 5 disappears, the reaction end time is preferably 1 h. 5h, further preferably 2h to 3h.
制备化合物4的方法优选在惰性气体保护下进行,所述的惰性气体优选氮气、氩气和氦气中的一种或多种。The process for preparing the compound 4 is preferably carried out under the protection of an inert gas, preferably one or more of nitrogen, argon and helium.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的化合物5可以通过下述方法制得:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物6与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到所述的化合物5;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 4, the compound 5 can be obtained by the method of: in a solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 6 and acetyl The nucleophilic substitution reaction is carried out to obtain the compound 5;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000016
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物5的方法可以采用本领域中该类亲核取代反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 5 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
制备化合物5的方法中,所述的溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的有机碱优选吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the method for preparing the compound 5, the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane. The organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱,所述的有机碱优选吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the process for preparing the compound 5, the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的化合物6与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:3~1:6,进一步优选1:4~1:5。In the method for producing the compound 5, the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the base is preferably 1:3 to 1:6, more preferably 1:4 to 1:5.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的乙酰化试剂为该类亲核取代反应中常用的具有乙酰基基团的乙酰化试剂,优选乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐;所述的乙酰卤优选乙酰氯或乙酰溴。In the process for the preparation of the compound 5, the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; the acetyl halide is preferably B. Acid chloride or acetyl bromide.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的化合物6与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:20,进一步优选1:1~1:3,再进一步优选1:1~1:1.1。In the method for producing the compound 5, the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:20, further preferably 1:1 to 1:3, still more preferably 1:1 to 1 :1.1.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的温度优选0℃~100℃,进一步优选0℃~60℃。In the method for producing the compound 5, the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 60 ° C.
在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物6消失时为反应终点,反应 时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选2h~3h。In the method of preparing the compound 5, the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 6 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction The time is preferably from 1 h to 24 h, more preferably from 2 h to 3 h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的化合物6可以通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物7进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物6;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 5, the compound 6 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent , the compound 7 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 6;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000017
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选酯类溶剂;所述的酯类溶剂优选乙酸乙酯。In the method of preparing the compound 6, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ester solvent; and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物7的体积质量比优选20mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选90mL/g~120mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 6, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 7 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 90 mL/g to 120 mL/g.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的酸优选有机酸;所述的有机酸优选冰醋酸。In the process for preparing the compound 6, the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的酸与所述的化合物7的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选60:1~100:1。In the process for producing the compound 6, the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 7 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的还原剂优选锌、铁和铝中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 6, the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的还原剂与所述的化合物7的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选60:1~100:1。In the method of preparing the compound 6, the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 7 is preferably 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably 60:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的还原反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 6, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,以化合物7消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选10h~15h。In the method for preparing the compound 6, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 20 h when the compound 7 disappears. Further, it is preferably 10 h to 15 h.
制备化合物6的方法优选采用以下步骤:化合物7与非质子溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入还原剂、酸,进行还原反应,得到化合物6。The method for producing the compound 6 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 7 and an aprotic solvent is added to the reducing agent and the acid in order to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 6.
制备化合物6的方法优选包括以下后处理步骤:反应结束后,加碱调节pH7左右,萃取,浓缩,柱色谱分离,得到化合物6。所述的碱优选有机碱,所述的有机碱优选氨水;所述的氨水可以为常规市售氨水试剂,所述的氨水试剂的质量百分浓度优选5%~50%,进一步优选15%~40%,所述的质量百分比是指氨气的质量占氨水溶液总质量的百分比。 所述的萃取所用的溶剂优选酯类溶剂,所述的酯类溶剂优选乙酸乙酯。所述的柱色谱分离的方法可以采用本领域中该类操作的常规方法。The method for preparing the compound 6 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after the end of the reaction, the base is adjusted to pH about 7, the extract is concentrated, and the column chromatography is carried out to obtain the compound 6. The alkali is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably aqueous ammonia; the aqueous ammonia may be a conventional commercially available aqueous ammonia reagent, and the aqueous ammonia reagent preferably has a mass percentage of 5% to 50%, more preferably 15%. 40%, the mass percentage refers to the mass of ammonia gas as a percentage of the total mass of the aqueous ammonia solution. The solvent used for the extraction is preferably an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate. The column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的化合物7可以通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物8与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物7;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for producing the compound 6, the compound 7 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 8 is Dehydrating agent is subjected to a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 7;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000018
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物7的方法可以采用本领域中该类脱水反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 7 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选醚类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;进一步优选醚类溶剂和/或卤代烃类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的芳烃类溶剂优选甲苯。In the method of preparing the compound 7, the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; The ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane; and the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物8的体积质量比优选20mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选100mL/g~150mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 7, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 8 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 100 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱;所述的有机碱优选三乙胺和/或吡啶。In the process for the preparation of the compound 7, the base is preferably an organic base; the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的碱与所述的化合物8的摩尔比优选100:1~1:1,进一步优选50:1~1:1。In the method of producing the compound 7, the molar ratio of the base to the compound 8 is preferably from 100:1 to 1:1, further preferably from 50:1 to 1:1.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的脱水剂优选二氯亚砜、甲烷磺酰氯和Burgess试剂(Burgess试剂是指methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate,即N-(三乙基铵磺酰)氨基甲酸甲酯,CAS:29684-56-8)中的一种或多种。In the process for preparing the compound 7, the dehydrating agent is preferably dichlorosulfoxide, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, ie N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate) One or more of esters, CAS: 29684-56-8).
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的化合物8与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 7, the molar ratio of the compound 8 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的脱水反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 7, the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的脱水反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方 法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物8消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~5h,进一步优选1h~3h。In the method of preparing the compound 7, the progress of the dehydration reaction can be carried out by a conventional tester in the art. The method is monitored by a method such as TLC, NMR or HPLC. Generally, when the compound 8 disappears, the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 5 h, more preferably 1 h to 3 h.
制备化合物7的方法优选在催化剂存在的条件下进行,所述的催化剂优选4-二甲氨基吡啶(DMAP)。所述的催化剂与所述的化合物8的摩尔比优选1:1~1:10,进一步优选1:1~1:5。The process for preparing the compound 7 is preferably carried out in the presence of a catalyst, preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). The molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 8 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:1 to 1:5.
制备化合物7的方法优选采用以下步骤:在化合物8、碱与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入催化剂与脱水剂,进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物7。The method for producing the compound 7 preferably employs the step of sequentially adding a catalyst and a dehydrating agent to a solution of the compound 8, a base and an organic solvent, followed by dehydration to obtain the compound 7.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的化合物8可以通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物10与化合物9进行反应,得到所述的化合物8;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 7, the compound 8 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand are present. Under the conditions, the compound 10 and the compound 9 are reacted to obtain the compound 8;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000019
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物8的方法可以采用本领域中该类反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 8 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method of preparing the compound 8, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物9的体积质量比优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选1mL/g~10mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 8, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 9 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的碱优选无机碱;所述的无机碱优选碳酸铯、碳酸钠、碳酸钾和叔丁醇钾中的一种或多种。In the process for producing the compound 8, the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably one or more of cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and potassium t-butoxide.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的化合物9与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~10:1,进一步优选1:1~3:1。In the method of producing the compound 8, the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 10:1, further preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的催化剂优选无机铜盐和/或有机铜盐;所述的无机铜盐是指铜与无机酸反应形成的盐;所述的有机铜盐是指铜与有机酸反应形成的盐。所述的无机铜盐优选氯化铜、氯化亚铜、溴化亚铜、溴化铜和碘化亚铜中的一种或多种,进一步优选溴化铜和/或氯化铜;所述的有机铜盐优选乙酸铜。In the method for preparing the compound 8, the catalyst is preferably an inorganic copper salt and/or an organic copper salt; the inorganic copper salt refers to a salt formed by reacting copper with an inorganic acid; and the organic copper salt refers to copper and A salt formed by the reaction of an organic acid. The inorganic copper salt is preferably one or more of copper chloride, cuprous chloride, cuprous bromide, copper bromide and cuprous iodide, further preferably copper bromide and/or copper chloride; The organic copper salt is preferably copper acetate.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的化合物9与所述的催化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~10:1, 进一步优选3:1~10:1。In the method of preparing the compound 8, the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the catalyst is preferably 1:1 to 10:1. More preferably, it is 3:1 - 10:1.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的化合物10与所述的化合物9的摩尔比优选1:1~5:1,进一步优选2:1~5:1。In the method of producing the compound 8, the molar ratio of the compound 10 to the compound 9 is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 2:1 to 5:1.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的催化剂配体优选吡咯烷-酚类催化剂;所述的吡咯烷-酚类催化剂优选
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000020
In the process for preparing compound 8, the catalyst ligand is preferably a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst is preferably
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000020
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的催化剂配体与所述的化合物9的摩尔比优选1:10~3:10,进一步优选2:10~3:10。In the process for producing the compound 8, the molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 9 is preferably from 1:10 to 3:10, further preferably from 2:10 to 3:10.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的反应的温度优选-20℃~40℃,进一步优选-20℃~30℃。In the process for producing the compound 8, the temperature of the reaction is preferably -20 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物9消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选24h~96h,进一步优选24h~48h。In the method for preparing the compound 8, the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 9 is the end of the reaction, and the reaction time is preferably 24 h to 96 h. Further, it is preferably 24h to 48h.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000021
可以参考文献Chem.Eur.J.2012,18,12357报道的方法合成。
In the method of preparing compound 8, the catalyst ligand
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000021
It can be synthesized by the method reported in the literature Chem. Eur. J. 2012, 18, 12357.
在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的化合物9可以参考文献Tetrahedron:Asymmetry.1998,9,1359–1367报道的方法合成。In the process for the preparation of compound 8, the compound 9 can be synthesized by the method reported in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry. 1998, 9, 1359 - 1367.
制备化合物3的方法二可以采用本领域中该类还原反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The second method for preparing the compound 3 can employ a conventional method of the reduction reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the second method of preparing the compound 3, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物12的体积质量比优选10mL/g~500mL/g,进一步优选400mL/g~500mL/g。In the second method for producing the compound 3, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 12 is preferably from 10 mL/g to 500 mL/g, more preferably from 400 mL/g to 500 mL/g.
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的还原剂优选硼氢化锌、硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾、四氢锂铝或硼氢化锂。In the second method of preparing the compound 3, the reducing agent is preferably zinc borohydride, sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride.
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的化合物12与所述的还原剂的摩尔比优选1:1~ 1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:3。In the second method for preparing the compound 3, the molar ratio of the compound 12 to the reducing agent is preferably 1:1. 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:3.
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的还原反应的温度优选-78℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the second method of producing the compound 3, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably -78 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物12消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~12h,进一步优选4h~10h。In the second method for preparing the compound 3, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 12 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ~12h, further preferably 4h to 10h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的化合物12可以采用下述方法制备:在质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物13与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物12;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the second method for preparing the compound 3, the compound 12 can be produced by the following method: in a protic solvent, under the acidic condition, the compound 13 and the oxidizing agent Performing an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 12;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000022
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物12的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 12 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂优选醇类溶剂和/或水;所述的醇类溶剂优选叔丁醇;当采用叔丁醇和水的混合溶剂时,所述的叔丁醇和水的混合溶剂中叔丁醇和水的体积比优选10:1~1:1,进一步优选5:1~3:1。In the method of preparing the compound 12, the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent and/or water; the alcohol solvent is preferably t-butanol; when a mixed solvent of t-butanol and water is used, the tert-butyl The volume ratio of t-butanol to water in the mixed solvent of alcohol and water is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 5:1 to 3:1.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂与所述的化合物13的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选200mL/g~300mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 12, the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 13 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 200 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选亚氯酸;所述的亚氯酸优选通过亚氯酸钠与磷酸二氢钠反应得到。In the process for the preparation of the compound 12, the oxidizing agent is preferably chlorous acid; the chlorous acid is preferably obtained by reacting sodium chlorite with sodium dihydrogen phosphate.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的化合物13与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 12, the molar ratio of the compound 13 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的酸性条件,优选通过加入强碱弱酸盐来实现,所述的强碱弱酸盐优选磷酸二氢钠。当采用强碱弱酸盐来实现酸性条件时,所述的强碱弱酸盐与所述的化合物13的摩尔比优选1:1~20:1,进一步优选5:1~10:1。In the process for preparing compound 12, the acidic conditions are preferably achieved by the addition of a strong base weak acid salt, preferably sodium dihydrogen phosphate. When a strong base weak acid salt is used to achieve acidic conditions, the molar ratio of the strong base weak acid salt to the compound 13 is preferably 1:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的酸性条件,优选pH为2~5。In the process for the preparation of the compound 12, the acidic condition is preferably pH 2-4.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选 20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 12, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, further preferably 20 ° C ~ 30 ° C.
在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物13消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选2h~8h。In the method of preparing the compound 12, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 13 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 24h, further preferably 2h-8h.
制备化合物12的方法优选在自由基捕获剂存在的条件下进行,所述的自由基捕获剂优选2-甲基丁烯或苯酚。所述的自由基捕获剂与所述的化合物13的摩尔比优选0.5:1~3:1,进一步优选1:1~2:1。The method of preparing the compound 12 is preferably carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger, preferably 2-methylbutene or phenol. The molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 13 is preferably from 0.5:1 to 3:1, more preferably from 1:1 to 2:1.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的化合物13可以采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物14与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物13;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for producing the compound 12, the compound 13 can be produced by oxidizing the compound 14 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent. Obtaining the compound 13;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000023
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物13的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 13 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选1,4-二氧六环。In the method of producing the compound 13, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably 1,4-dioxane.
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物14的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选150mL/g~300mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 13, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 14 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 300 mL/g.
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选二氧化硒。In the method of preparing the compound 13, the oxidizing agent is preferably selenium dioxide.
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的化合物14与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 13, the molar ratio of the compound 14 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选80℃~150℃,进一步优选100℃~140℃。In the method for producing the compound 13, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably from 80 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably from 100 ° C to 140 ° C.
在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,以化合物14消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~5h,进一步优选2h~4h。In the method of preparing the compound 13, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 5 h when the compound 14 disappears. Further, it is preferably 2h to 4h.
制备化合物13的方法优选在惰性气体保护下进行,所述的惰性气体优选氮气、氩气 和氦气中的一种或多种。The process for preparing compound 13 is preferably carried out under the protection of an inert gas, preferably nitrogen or argon. One or more of the suffocating gases.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的化合物14可以通过下述方法制得:将化合物15进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物14;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for preparing the compound 13, the compound 14 can be obtained by the following method: the compound 15 is subjected to an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 14;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000024
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物14的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选采用莱氏氧化反应(Ley’s oxidation);所述的莱氏氧化反应(Ley’s oxidation)可以为本领域中该类莱氏氧化反应(Ley’s oxidation)的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在有机溶剂中,催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物15与氧化剂进行莱氏氧化反应,得到化合物14。The method for preparing the compound 14 may employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art. In the present invention, Ley's oxidation is particularly preferably used; the Ley's oxidation may be in the art. In the conventional method of Ley's oxidation, in the present invention, the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 15 and the oxidizing agent are subjected to a Lewis oxidation reaction in the presence of a catalyst in an organic solvent to obtain a compound 14 .
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂和/或腈类溶剂;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的腈类溶剂优选乙腈;所述的有机溶剂进一步优选二氯甲烷和乙腈的混合溶剂;当采用二氯甲烷和乙腈的混合溶剂时,所述的二氯甲烷和乙腈的混合溶剂中二氯甲烷与乙腈的体积比优选20:1~1:1,进一步优选15:1~10:1。In the method for preparing the compound 14, the organic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or a nitrile solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably used. Methylene chloride; the nitrile solvent is preferably acetonitrile; the organic solvent is further preferably a mixed solvent of dichloromethane and acetonitrile; when a mixed solvent of dichloromethane and acetonitrile is used, the dichloromethane and acetonitrile are used. The volume ratio of dichloromethane to acetonitrile in the mixed solvent is preferably 20:1 to 1:1, further preferably 15:1 to 10:1.
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物15的体积质量比优选20mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选150mL/g~200mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 14, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 15 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 150 mL/g to 200 mL/g.
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选N-甲基吗啉氧化物(CAS:7529-22-8,英文名称为4-Methylmorpholine N-oxide)。In the process for the preparation of the compound 14, the oxidizing agent is preferably N-methylmorpholine oxide (CAS: 7529-22-8, English name is 4-Methylmorpholine N-oxide).
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的化合物15与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:2。In the method of producing the compound 14, the molar ratio of the compound 15 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的催化剂优选四正丙基过钌酸铵(TPAP)。In the process for preparing compound 14, the catalyst is preferably tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP).
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的化合物15与所述的催化剂的摩尔比优选20:1~5:1,进一步优选10:1~15:1。In the process for producing the compound 14, the molar ratio of the compound 15 to the catalyst is preferably from 20:1 to 5:1, further preferably from 10:1 to 15:1.
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的莱氏氧化反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。 In the method for producing the compound 14, the temperature of the Leyd oxidation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的莱氏氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以所述的化合物15消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选5h~20h,进一步优选8h~12h。In the method of preparing the compound 14, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 15 disappears as the reaction end point. The reaction time is preferably 5 h to 20 h, and more preferably 8 h to 12 h.
制备化合物14的方法优选在分子筛存在的条件下进行;所述的分子筛优选
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000025
分子筛。所述的分子筛的与所述的化合物15的质量摩尔比优选1g/mol~5g/mol,进一步优选1g/mol~2g/mol。
The method for preparing the compound 14 is preferably carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve; the molecular sieve is preferably
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000025
Molecular sieves. The mass molar ratio of the molecular sieve to the compound 15 is preferably from 1 g/mol to 5 g/mol, further preferably from 1 g/mol to 2 g/mol.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的化合物15可以采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,将化合物16与氟化试剂进行脱除羟基保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物15;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for preparing the compound 14, the compound 15 can be produced by removing the hydroxyl group from the compound 16 and the fluorinating reagent in a solvent. a reaction of the group to obtain the compound 15;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000026
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;R3为羟基保护基,例如三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)或甲氧甲基(MOM)。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group such as trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyl Phenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) or methoxymethyl (MOM).
制备化合物15的方法可以采用本领域中该类脱除羟基保护基的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 15 can employ a conventional method of the reaction for removing a hydroxy protecting group in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the process for producing the compound 15, the solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的溶剂与所述的化合物15的体积质量比优选1mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选50mL/g~100mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 15, the volume-to-mass ratio of the solvent to the compound 15 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 50 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的氟化试剂优选四丁基氟化铵和/或氟化钾。In the process for producing the compound 15, the fluorinating agent is preferably tetrabutylammonium fluoride and/or potassium fluoride.
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的化合物16与所述的氟化试剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:2。In the method of producing the compound 15, the molar ratio of the compound 16 to the fluorinating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的脱除羟基保护基的反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 15, the temperature of the reaction for removing the hydroxy protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的脱除羟基保护基的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物16消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~5h,进一步优选2h~3h。 In the method of preparing the compound 15, the progress of the reaction for removing the hydroxy protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 16 disappears as the reaction end point. The reaction time is preferably from 1 h to 5 h, more preferably from 2 h to 3 h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的化合物16可以采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物17与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到所述的化合物16;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 15, the compound 16 can be produced by subjecting the compound 17 to acetylation in a solvent in the presence of a base. The reagent is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain the compound 16;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000027
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物16的方法中,所述的溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的有机碱优选吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the method for preparing the compound 16, the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane. The organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱,所述的有机碱优选吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the process for producing the compound 16, the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的化合物17与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:4。In the process for producing the compound 16, the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:4.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的乙酰化试剂为该类亲核取代反应中常用的具有乙酰基基团的乙酰化试剂,优选乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐,进一步优选乙酸酐;所述的乙酰卤优选乙酰氯或乙酰溴。In the method of preparing compound 16, the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride, further preferably acetic anhydride; The acetyl halide is preferably acetyl chloride or acetyl bromide.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的化合物17与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:20;当乙酰化试剂为乙酰卤时,所述的化合物17与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:3,进一步优选1:1~1:1.5。In the method of preparing the compound 16, the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:20; when the acetylating agent is an acetyl halide, the compound 17 is as described The molar ratio of the acetylating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:1.5.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的温度优选0℃~100℃,进一步优选0℃~60℃。In the method for producing the compound 16, the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 60 ° C.
在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物17消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选8h~12h。In the method of preparing the compound 16, the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the disappearance of the compound 17 is the end point of the reaction, and the reaction time is preferably 1h to 24h, further preferably 8h to 12h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的化合物17可以通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物18进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物17; The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 16, the compound 17 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent , the compound 18 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 17;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000028
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷。In the method of preparing the compound 17, the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物18的体积质量比优选1mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选30mL/g~50mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 17, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 18 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably from 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的酸优选有机酸;所述的有机酸优选冰醋酸。In the process for the preparation of the compound 17, the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的酸与所述的化合物18的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选40:1~100:1。In the process for producing the compound 17, the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 18 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 40:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的还原剂优选锌、铁和铝中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 17, the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的还原剂与所述的化合物18的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选40:1~100:1。In the process for producing the compound 17, the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 18 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 40:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的还原反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method of producing the compound 17, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物18消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选12h~18h。In the method for preparing the compound 17, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 18 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 12h to 18h.
制备化合物17的方法优选采用以下步骤:化合物18与非质子溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入还原剂、酸,进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物17。The method for producing the compound 17 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 18 and an aprotic solvent, followed by a reducing agent and an acid, followed by a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 17.
制备化合物17的方法优选包括以下后处理步骤:反应结束后,加碱调节pH7左右,萃取,浓缩,柱色谱分离,得到所述的化合物17。所述的碱优选有机碱,所述的有机碱优选氨水;所述的的氨水可以为常规市售氨水试剂,所述的氨水试剂的质量百分浓度优选5%~50%,进一步优选15%~40%,所述的质量百分比是指氨气的质量占氨水溶液总质量的百分比。所述的萃取所用的溶剂优选酯类溶剂,所述的酯类溶剂优选乙酸乙酯。所述的柱色谱分离的方法可以采用本领域中该类操作的常规方法。The method for preparing the compound 17 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after the end of the reaction, the base is adjusted to pH about 7, the extract is concentrated, and the column chromatography is carried out to obtain the compound 17. The alkali is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably aqueous ammonia; the aqueous ammonia may be a conventional commercially available aqueous ammonia reagent, and the aqueous ammonia reagent preferably has a mass percentage of 5% to 50%, further preferably 15%. ~40%, the mass percentage refers to the percentage of the mass of ammonia gas to the total mass of the aqueous ammonia solution. The solvent used for the extraction is preferably an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate. The column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的化合物18可以通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物19 与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物18;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 17, the compound 18 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 19 Dehydrating with a dehydrating agent to obtain the compound 18;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000029
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物18的方法可以采用本领域中该类脱水反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 18 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选醚类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;进一步优选醚类溶剂和/或卤代烃类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的芳烃类溶剂优选甲苯。In the method of preparing the compound 18, the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; The ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane; and the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物19的体积质量比优选20mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选100mL/g~150mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 18, the volume-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 19 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 100 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的脱水剂优选二氯亚砜、甲烷磺酰氯和Burgess试剂(Burgess试剂是指methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate,即N-(三乙基铵磺酰)氨基甲酸甲酯,CAS:29684-56-8)中的一种或多种。In the process for preparing the compound 18, the dehydrating agent is preferably dichlorosulfoxide, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate) One or more of esters, CAS: 29684-56-8).
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的化合物19与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 18, the molar ratio of the compound 19 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱;所述的有机碱优选三乙胺和/或吡啶。In the process for the preparation of the compound 18, the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的碱与所述的化合物19的摩尔比优选1:1~50:1;例如1:1~10:1,再例如3:1~6:1。In the process for the preparation of the compound 18, the molar ratio of the base to the compound 19 is preferably 1:1 to 50:1; for example, 1:1 to 10:1, and further, for example, 3:1 to 6:1.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的脱水反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 18, the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的脱水反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物19消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选8h~15h。In the method for preparing the compound 18, the progress of the dehydration reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 19 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 8h to 15h.
制备化合物18的方法优选在催化剂存在的条件下进行,所述的催化剂优选4-二甲氨基吡啶(DMAP,CAS:1122-58-3,英文名称为4-Dimethylaminopyridine)。所述的催化剂 与所述的化合物19的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:3~1:4。The process for the preparation of the compound 18 is preferably carried out in the presence of a catalyst, preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, CAS: 1122-58-3, English name 4-Dimethylaminopyridine). Said catalyst The molar ratio to the compound 19 is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:3 to 1:4.
制备化合物18的方法优选采用以下步骤:在化合物19、三乙胺与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入4-二甲氨基吡啶(DMAP)与甲烷磺酰氯,进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物18。The method for preparing the compound 18 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) and methanesulfonyl chloride to a solution of the compound 19, triethylamine and an organic solvent, followed by dehydration to obtain the compound. 18.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的化合物19可以通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,碱性物质存在的条件下,将化合物10与化合物20进行反应,得到所述的化合物19;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 18, the compound 19 can be obtained by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of a basic substance, Compound 10 is reacted with compound 20 to obtain the compound 19;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000030
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物19的方法可以采用本领域中该类反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 19 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method for producing the compound 19, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物10的体积质量比优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选30mL/g~50mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 19, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 10 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably from 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的碱性物质可以为本领域中常规的显碱性的物质(即pH大于7的物质);优选无机碱、有机碱、碱性氧化物、强碱弱酸盐和离子交换树脂中的一种或多种;所述的无机碱优选甲醇钠和/或叔丁醇钾;所述的有机碱优选四丁基氢氧化铵、1,8-二氮杂二环[5.4.0]十一碳-7-烯(DBU,CAS:6674-22-2,英文名称为1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene)、四甲基胍(TMG,CAS:80-70-6,英文名称为Tetramethylguanidine)和二异丙基氨基锂(LDA,CAS:4111-54-0,英文名称为Lithium diisopropylamide)中的一种或多种。所述的碱性氧化物优选碱性三氧化铝;所述的强碱弱酸盐优选乙酸钾;所述的离子交换树脂优选Amberlite A-21。In the method for preparing the compound 19, the basic substance may be a basic substance conventionally known in the art (ie, a substance having a pH greater than 7); preferably an inorganic base, an organic base, a basic oxide, or a strong base is weak. One or more of an acid salt and an ion exchange resin; the inorganic base is preferably sodium methoxide and/or potassium t-butoxide; and the organic base is preferably tetrabutylammonium hydroxide or 1,8-diazabicyclo ring. [5.4.0] Undec-7-ene (DBU, CAS: 6674-22-2, English name is 1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0]undec-7-ene), tetramethylguanidine (TMG, CAS: 80-70-6, English name is Tetramethylguanidine) and lithium diisopropylamide (LDA, CAS: 4111-44-0, English name is Lithium diisopropylamide). The basic oxide is preferably basic alumina; the strong base weak acid salt is preferably potassium acetate; and the ion exchange resin is preferably Amberlite A-21.
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的碱性物质与所述的化合物10的摩尔比优选1:1~1:10,进一步优选1:1~1:5。In the method of producing the compound 19, the molar ratio of the basic substance to the compound 10 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:1 to 1:5.
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。 In the method for producing the compound 19, the temperature of the reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物20消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~10h,进一步优选5h~8h。In the method for preparing the compound 19, the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 20 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 10 h, further. It is preferably 5h to 8h.
在制备化合物8或19的方法中,所述的化合物10可以参考文献Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.,2010,49,4656-4660报道的方法合成,也可以采用下述反应方法和条件:In the method of preparing the compound 8 or 19, the compound 10 can be synthesized by the method reported in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2010, 49, 4656-4660, and the following reaction methods and conditions can also be employed:
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在有机溶剂中,添加剂和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮进行迈克尔加成反应,得到所述的化合物10;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the steps of: performing a Michael addition reaction of the compound 11 with acetone in the presence of an additive and a catalyst in an organic solvent to obtain the compound 10;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000031
其中,R4的定义同上所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined above.
制备化合物10的方法可以采用本领域中该类迈克尔加成反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 10 can employ a conventional method of the Michael addition reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选芳烃类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂、烷烃类溶剂和卤代芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的芳烃类溶剂优选甲苯和/或均三甲苯;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷和/或四氯化碳;所述的醚类溶剂优选乙醚和/或苯甲醚;所述的烷烃类溶剂优选正己烷;所述的卤代芳烃类溶剂优选氯苯和/或三氟甲苯。In the method of preparing the compound 10, the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; the aromatic hydrocarbon The solvent is preferably toluene and/or mesitylene; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane and/or carbon tetrachloride; The solvent is preferably diethyl ether and/or anisole; the alkane solvent is preferably n-hexane; and the halogenated arene solvent is preferably chlorobenzene and/or trifluorotoluene.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物11的体积质量比优选0.1mL/g~10mL/g,进一步优选0.1mL/g~1mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 10, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 11 is preferably 0.1 mL/g to 10 mL/g, and more preferably 0.1 mL/g to 1 mL/g.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的添加剂优选有机酸;所述的有机酸优选苯甲酸、乙酸、对二苯甲酸、对羟基苯甲酸、对硝基苯甲酸、(+)-樟脑磺酸和对甲苯磺酸中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 10, the additive is preferably an organic acid; the organic acid is preferably benzoic acid, acetic acid, p-dibenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid, (+)-camphorsulfonic acid. And one or more of p-toluenesulfonic acid.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的添加剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比优选0.1:1~1:1,进一步优选0.1:1~0.5:1。In the method of producing the compound 10, the molar ratio of the additive to the compound 11 is preferably 0.1:1 to 1:1, further preferably 0.1:1 to 0.5:1.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的丙酮与所述的化合物11的摩尔比优选5:1~20:1,进一步优选5:1~10:1。In the process for producing the compound 10, the molar ratio of the acetone to the compound 11 is preferably 5:1 to 20:1, further preferably 5:1 to 10:1.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的催化剂优选如下式所示的任一催化剂,进一步优选Jacobsen催化剂; In the method of preparing the compound 10, the catalyst is preferably any of the catalysts represented by the following formula, and more preferably a Jacobsen catalyst;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000032
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的催化剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比优选0.01:1~0.1:1,进一步优选0.01:1~0.05:1。In the process for producing the compound 10, the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 is preferably 0.01 to 0.1:1, more preferably 0.01 to 0.05:1.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的迈克尔加成反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method of producing the compound 10, the temperature of the Michael addition reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的迈克尔加成反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,以所述的化合物11消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1d~5d,进一步优选3d~4d。In the method of preparing the compound 10, the progress of the Michael addition reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction is terminated when the compound 11 disappears. The time is preferably from 1 d to 5 d, and more preferably from 3 d to 4 d.
在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的Jacobsen催化剂可以参考文献J.Am.Chem.Soc.,2006,128,7170-7171,所报道的方法合成。In the process for preparing compound 10, the Jacobsen catalyst can be synthesized by the method reported in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 7170-7171.
制备化合物10的方法优选包括以下步骤:在化合物11与有机溶剂的溶液中,依次加入催化剂、添加剂和丙酮,进行迈克尔加成反应得到所述的化合物10。The method for producing the compound 10 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding a catalyst, an additive and acetone to a solution of the compound 11 and an organic solvent to carry out a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 10.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物19的方法中,所 述的化合物20可以参考文献Bioorg.Med.Chem.,2003,11,827–841报道的方法合成。本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物21与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物20;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for preparing the compound 19, Compound 20 can be synthesized by the method reported in Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2003, 11, 827-841. In the present invention, particularly preferred is the following reaction method and conditions: in an aprotic solvent, the compound 21 and an oxidizing agent oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 20;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000033
其中,R2、R3和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物20的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 20 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂和/或卤代烃类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂,所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷。In the method for preparing the compound 20, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran; and the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon. The solvent, the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物21的体积质量比优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选10mL/g~30mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 20, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 21 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably from 10 mL/g to 30 mL/g.
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选戴斯-马丁氧化剂(CAS:87413-09-0,英文名称为1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one)、氯铬酸吡啶嗡盐(PCC)和重铬酸吡啶盐(PDC)中的一种或多种。In the process for the preparation of the compound 20, the oxidizing agent is preferably a Dess-Martin periodinane (CAS: 87413-09-0, English name is 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1, 2-benziodoxol- One or more of 3(1H)-one), pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) and pyridinium dichromate (PDC).
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的化合物21与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:2。In the method of producing the compound 20, the molar ratio of the compound 21 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method of producing the compound 20, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的氧化反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以所述的化合物21消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~10h,进一步优选1h~3h。In the method of preparing the compound 20, the progress of the oxidation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 21 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction time. It is preferably 1 h to 10 h, further preferably 1 h to 3 h.
制备化合物20的方法优选在碱存在的条件下进行;所述的碱优选无机碱;所述的无机碱优选碳酸氢钠、碳酸氢钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾和碳酸铯中的一种或多种。所述的化合物21与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:4。The method for preparing the compound 20 is preferably carried out in the presence of a base; the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably one or more of sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and cesium carbonate. Kind. The molar ratio of the compound 21 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, and more preferably 1:2 to 1:4.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的化合物21可以采用下述方法制备:在催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物22与酮进行缩合反应,得到所述的化合物21; The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for preparing the compound 20, the compound 21 can be produced by subjecting the compound 22 to a condensation reaction with a ketone in the presence of a catalyst. Obtaining the compound 21;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000034
其中,R2、R3和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物21的方法可以采用本领域中该类缩合反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 21 can employ a conventional method of the condensation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的催化剂优选蒙脱土;所述的蒙脱土优选常规市售蒙脱土,进一步优选K-10蒙脱土。In the process for producing the compound 21, the catalyst is preferably montmorillonite; the montmorillonite is preferably a conventional commercially available montmorillonite, further preferably K-10 montmorillonite.
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的催化剂与所述的化合物22的质量摩尔比优选100g/mol~1000g/mol,进一步优选400g/mol~600g/mol。In the method of producing the compound 21, the mass molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 22 is preferably from 100 g/mol to 1000 g/mol, further preferably from 400 g/mol to 600 g/mol.
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的酮优选丙酮、丁酮、2-戊酮或3-戊酮。In the process for the preparation of the compound 21, the ketone is preferably acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone or 3-pentanone.
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的酮与所述的化合物22的体积质量比优选30mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选30mL/g~50mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 21, the volume-mass ratio of the ketone to the compound 22 is preferably 30 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably 30 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的缩合反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 21, the temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的缩合反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物22消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选5h~20h,进一步优选8h~15h。In the method for preparing the compound 21, the progress of the condensation reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 22 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 5 h. 20h, further preferably 8h to 15h.
制备化合物21的方法优选在分子筛存在的条件下进行;所述的分子筛优选常规市售分子筛,进一步优选
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000035
分子筛。
The method for preparing the compound 21 is preferably carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve; the molecular sieve is preferably a conventional commercially available molecular sieve, further preferably
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000035
Molecular sieves.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的化合物22优选采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物23与还原剂进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物22;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for producing the compound 21, the compound 22 is preferably produced by a method of reducing a compound 23 with a reducing agent in an aprotic solvent. Obtaining the compound 22;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000036
其中,R3的定义同上所述。Wherein R 3 is as defined above.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method of preparing the compound 22, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物23的体积质量比 优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选1mL/g~10mL/g。The mass-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 23 in the method of preparing the compound 22 It is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的还原剂优选硼氢化锂、硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾和硼氢化锌中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 22, the reducing agent is preferably one or more of lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride and zinc borohydride.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的还原剂与所述的化合物23的摩尔比优选1:1~5:1,进一步优选1:1~3:1。In the method of producing the compound 22, the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 23 is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的还原反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 22, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物23消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选10h~15h。In the method for preparing the compound 22, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and generally, when the compound 23 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 20h, further preferably 10h to 15h.
制备化合物22的方法优选采用以下步骤:将化合物23与非质子性溶剂形成的溶液滴加到非质子性溶剂与还原剂形成的溶液中,进行还原反应,得到化合物22。The method for producing the compound 22 preferably employs the step of dropwise adding a solution of the compound 23 and an aprotic solvent to a solution of an aprotic solvent and a reducing agent to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 22.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的化合物23可以通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物23;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 22, the compound 23 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, D-( -) - diethyl tartrate 24 and a hydroxyl protecting reagent to carry out the reaction of the upper hydroxyl protecting group to obtain the compound 23;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000037
其中,R3的定义同上所述。Wherein R 3 is as defined above.
制备化合物23的方法可以采用本领域中该类亲核取代反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 23 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选酰胺类溶剂;所述的酰胺类溶剂优选N,N-二甲基甲酰胺。In the method of preparing the compound 23, the organic solvent is preferably an amide solvent; and the amide solvent is preferably N,N-dimethylformamide.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物6的体积质量比优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选1mL/g~10mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 23, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 6 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的碱优选无机碱;所述的无机碱优选氢化钠;所述的氢化钠优选常规市售氢化钠试剂;所述的氢化钠试剂的质量百分比优选20%~95%,进一步优选50%~85%;所述的质量百分比是指氢化钠的质量占氢化钠试剂总质量的百分比。In the method of preparing compound 23, the base is preferably an inorganic base; the inorganic base is preferably sodium hydride; the sodium hydride is preferably a conventional commercially available sodium hydride reagent; and the sodium hydride reagent is preferably 20% by mass. ~95%, further preferably 50% to 85%; the mass percentage refers to the mass of sodium hydride as a percentage of the total mass of the sodium hydride reagent.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的碱与所述的D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24的摩尔比优选1:1。 In the process for preparing the compound 23, the molar ratio of the base to the D-(-)-divinyl tartrate 24 is preferably 1:1.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的羟基保护试剂优选叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷、三甲基氯硅烷、叔丁基二苯基氯硅烷、三异丙基氯硅烷和氯甲基甲醚中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing compound 23, the hydroxy protecting agent is preferably tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, tert-butyldiphenylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, and chloromethyl group. One or more of the ethers.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的上羟基保护基的反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 23, the temperature of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的上羟基保护基的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选8h~15h。In the process for preparing compound 23, the progress of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group can be monitored by conventional test methods in the art (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC), generally D-(-)-divinyl tartaric acid When the ester 24 disappears, it is the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 24 h, and more preferably 8 h to 15 h.
制备化合物23的方法优选采用以下步骤:氢化钠与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,先滴加D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24与有机溶剂形成的溶液,再滴加羟基保护试剂与有机溶剂形成的溶液,进行亲核取代反应得到所述的化合物23。The method for preparing the compound 23 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a solution of D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 and an organic solvent to a solution formed of sodium hydride and an organic solvent, and further adding a hydroxy protecting reagent and an organic solvent. The resulting solution is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction to give the compound 23.
本发明中,所述的化合物11可以参照文献,Zhu,S.;Yu,S.;Wang,Y.;Ma,D.Angew.Chem.,Int.Ed.2010,49,4656报道的方法制备得到。In the present invention, the compound 11 can be prepared by the method reported in the literature, Zhu, S.; Yu, S.; Wang, Y.; Ma, D. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2010, 49, 4656. get.
制备化合物2的方法2可以采用本领域中该类水解的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物35与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物2即可;The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 may employ a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art. In the present invention, the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 35 is hydrolyzed with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain Compound 2 can be described;
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物35的体积质量比优选0.1mL/mg~5mL/mg,进一步优选0.1mL/mg~1mL/mg。In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 35 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的碱优选无机碱,所述的无机碱优选氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾和氢氧化锂中的一种或多种;所述的氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾或氢氧化锂可以为本领域中常规市售试剂。所述的无机碱可以以其水溶液的形式参与反应,当所述的无机碱以其水溶液的形式参与反应时,所述的无机碱水溶液的摩尔浓度优选1mol/L~10mol/L,进一步优选5mol/L~10mol/L,所述的摩尔比浓度是指无机碱的摩尔数与无机碱水溶液体积的比值。In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the base is preferably an inorganic base, and the inorganic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; Potassium oxide or lithium hydroxide can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art. The inorganic base may participate in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, and when the inorganic base participates in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, the molar concentration of the aqueous solution of the inorganic alkali is preferably from 1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, further preferably 5 mol. /L ~ 10mol / L, the molar ratio refers to the ratio of the number of moles of the inorganic base to the volume of the aqueous solution of the inorganic base.
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的化合物35与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~1:100,进一步优选1:40~1:100。In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the molar ratio of the compound 35 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:40 to 1:100.
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的水解反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。 In the method 2 for producing the compound 2, the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的水解反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物35消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选1h~5h。In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 35 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h. ~20h, further preferably 1h to 5h.
制备化合物3的方法三可以采用本领域中该类水解的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物34与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物3即可;The third method for preparing the compound 3 may be a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art. In the present invention, the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: the compound 34 is hydrolyzed with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain Compound 3 can be described;
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the third method for producing the compound 3, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物34的体积质量比优选0.1mL/mg~5mL/mg,进一步优选0.1mL/mg~1mL/mg。In the third method for producing the compound 3, the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 34 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的碱优选无机碱,所述的无机碱优选氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾和氢氧化锂中的一种或多种;所述的氢氧化钠、氢氧化钾或氢氧化锂可以为本领域中常规市售试剂。所述的无机碱可以以其水溶液的形式参与反应,当所述的无机碱以其水溶液的形式参与反应时,所述的无机碱水溶液的摩尔浓度优选1mol/L~10mol/L,进一步优选5mol/L~10mol/L,所述的摩尔比浓度是指无机碱的摩尔数与无机碱水溶液体积的比值。In the third method for preparing the compound 3, the base is preferably an inorganic base, and the inorganic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide; Potassium oxide or lithium hydroxide can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art. The inorganic base may participate in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, and when the inorganic base participates in the reaction in the form of an aqueous solution thereof, the molar concentration of the aqueous solution of the inorganic alkali is preferably from 1 mol/L to 10 mol/L, further preferably 5 mol. /L ~ 10mol / L, the molar ratio refers to the ratio of the number of moles of the inorganic base to the volume of the aqueous solution of the inorganic base.
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的化合物34与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~1:100,进一步优选1:40~1:100。In the third method for producing the compound 3, the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, more preferably 1:40 to 1:100.
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的水解反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the third method for producing the compound 3, the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的水解反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物34消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选10分钟~20小时,进一步优选30分钟~10h。In the third method for preparing the compound 3, the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 34 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 10 Minutes to 20 hours, further preferably 30 minutes to 10 hours.
本发明中,所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步优选包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物34与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物3之后不经后处理,再在酸存在的条件下,进行进行脱除保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物2即可。In the present invention, the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further preferably comprises the steps of: hydrolyzing the compound 34 with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 3 without post-treatment, and then in the acid. In the presence of the reaction, the reaction for removing the protecting group is carried out to obtain the compound 2 as described above.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的化合物35可以采用下述方法制备:将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物35; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the compound 35 can be produced by the following method: the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain the Compound 35;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000038
其中,R、R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物35的方法可以采用本领域中该类脱除保护基的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应得到所述的化合物35即可。The method for preparing the compound 35 can employ a conventional method for the reaction for removing the protecting group in the art. In the present invention, the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred: in the aprotic solvent, in the presence of an acid, the compound 34 The reaction of removing the protecting group can be carried out to obtain the compound 35.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method of preparing the compound 35, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物34的体积质量比优选0.1mL/mg~5mL/mg,进一步优选0.1mL/mg~1mL/mg。In the method for producing the compound 35, the volume-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 34 is preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 5 mL/mg, and more preferably 0.1 mL/mg to 1 mL/mg.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的酸优选无机酸;所述的无机酸优选盐酸;所述的盐酸可以为本领域中常规市售盐酸试剂,优选质量百分比为1%~10%的盐酸,所述的质量百分比是指氯化氢的质量占盐酸试剂总质量的百分比。In the method of preparing the compound 35, the acid is preferably a mineral acid; the inorganic acid is preferably hydrochloric acid; the hydrochloric acid may be a commercially available hydrochloric acid reagent conventionally used in the art, preferably 1% to 10% by mass of hydrochloric acid. The mass percentage refers to the percentage of the mass of hydrogen chloride to the total mass of the hydrochloric acid reagent.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的化合物34与所述的酸的摩尔比优选1:1~1:100,进一步优选1:30~1:50。In the method of producing the compound 35, the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the acid is preferably 1:1 to 1:100, further preferably 1:30 to 1:50.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的脱除保护基的反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 35, the temperature of the reaction for removing the protecting group is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的脱除保护基的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物34消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~20h,进一步优选1h~8h。In the method of preparing the compound 35, the progress of the reaction for removing the protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 34 disappears as the reaction end point, the reaction The time is preferably from 1 h to 20 h, further preferably from 1 h to 8 h.
制备化合物2的方法2优选包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应,制得所述的化合物35之后不经后处理,再在碱存在的条件下,进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物2即可。The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 preferably comprises the steps of: removing the protecting group from the compound 34 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an acid, and preparing the compound 35 without post-treatment, and then The hydrolysis reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 2 as described above.
所述的制备化合物2的方法1或方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物35的方法中或者制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的化合物34可以采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物33与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到所述的化合物34; The method 1 or the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for producing the compound 35 or the method 3 for preparing the compound 3, the compound 34 can be produced by the following method: in a solvent, a base The compound 33 is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent to obtain the compound 34;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000039
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物34的方法可以采用本领域中该类亲核取代反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 34 can employ a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的溶剂优选卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷。所述的有机碱优选吡啶、二异丙基乙胺、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 34, the solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloro Methane. The organic base is preferably one or more of pyridine, diisopropylethylamine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱,所述的有机碱优选吡啶、二异丙基乙胺、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种。In the process for producing the compound 34, the base is preferably an organic base, and the organic base is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of pyridine, diisopropylethylamine, piperidine and triethylamine.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的化合物33与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:3~1:6,进一步优选1:4~1:5。In the method for producing the compound 34, the molar ratio of the compound 33 to the base is preferably 1:3 to 1:6, more preferably 1:4 to 1:5.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的乙酰化试剂为该类亲核取代反应中常用的具有乙酰基基团的乙酰化试剂,优选乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐;所述的乙酰卤优选乙酰氯或乙酰溴。In the method of preparing compound 34, the acetylating agent is an acetylating agent having an acetyl group commonly used in such a nucleophilic substitution reaction, preferably an acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; and the acetyl halide is preferably B. Acid chloride or acetyl bromide.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的乙酰化试剂与所述的化合物33的摩尔比优选1:1~1:3,进一步优选1:1~1:1.1。In the method of producing the compound 34, the molar ratio of the acetylating agent to the compound 33 is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:1.1.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的温度优选0℃~100℃,进一步优选0℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 34, the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物33消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选10min~2h,进一步优选10min~1h。In the method of preparing the compound 34, the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 33 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferred. 10 min to 2 h, further preferably 10 min to 1 h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的化合物33可以采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物32进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物33; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for preparing the compound 34, the compound 33 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, under the action of an acid and a reducing agent, The compound 32 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000040
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选酯类溶剂;所述的酯类溶剂优选乙酸乙酯。In the method of producing the compound 33, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ester solvent; and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物32的体积质量比优选20mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选90mL/g~120mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 33, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 32 is preferably 20 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably 90 mL/g to 120 mL/g.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的酸优选有机酸;所述的有机酸优选冰醋酸。In the process for preparing compound 33, the acid is preferably an organic acid; and the organic acid is preferably glacial acetic acid.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的酸与所述的化合物32的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选60:1~100:1。In the process for producing the compound 33, the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 32 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的还原剂优选锌、铁和铝中的一种或多种。In the method of preparing the compound 33, the reducing agent is preferably one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的还原剂与所述的化合物32的摩尔比优选10:1~100:1,进一步优选60:1~100:1。In the method of producing the compound 33, the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 32 is preferably from 10:1 to 100:1, further preferably from 60:1 to 100:1.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的还原反应的温度优选-10℃~40℃,进一步优选0℃~30℃。In the method of producing the compound 33, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably -10 to 40 °C, more preferably 0 to 30 °C.
在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,以化合物32消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~24h,进一步优选4h~10h。In the method for preparing the compound 33, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferably 1 h to 24 h when the compound 32 disappears. Further, it is preferably 4h to 10h.
制备化合物33的方法优选采用以下步骤:化合物32与非质子溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入还原剂、酸,进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物33。The method for producing the compound 33 is preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 32 and an aprotic solvent is sequentially added with a reducing agent and an acid to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33.
制备化合物33的方法优选包括以下后处理步骤:反应结束后,过滤,萃取,浓缩,柱色谱分离,得到化合物33。所述的过滤优选采用硅藻土过滤。所述的萃取优选采用酯类溶剂,所述的酯类溶剂优选乙酸乙酯。所述的柱色谱分离的方法可以采用本领域中该类操作的常规方法。The method for preparing the compound 33 preferably includes the following post-treatment step: after completion of the reaction, filtration, extraction, concentration, and column chromatography to give the compound 33. The filtration is preferably filtered using diatomaceous earth. The extraction is preferably carried out using an ester solvent, and the ester solvent is preferably ethyl acetate. The column chromatography separation method can employ a conventional method of such operation in the art.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的化合物32可以通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物31与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物32; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 33, the compound 32 can be obtained by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 31 is Dehydrating agent is subjected to a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 32;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000041
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物32的方法可以采用本领域中该类脱水反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 32 can employ a conventional method of dehydration reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选醚类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;进一步优选醚类溶剂和/或卤代烃类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷;所述的芳烃类溶剂优选甲苯。In the method of preparing the compound 32, the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; further preferably an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; The ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane; and the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably toluene.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物31的体积质量比优选1mL/g~200mL/g,进一步优选20mL/g~100mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 32, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 31 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 200 mL/g, and more preferably from 20 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱;所述的有机碱优选三乙胺和/或吡啶。In the process for preparing the compound 32, the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic base is preferably triethylamine and/or pyridine.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的碱与所述的化合物31的摩尔比优选10:1~1:1,进一步优选8:1~5:1。In the method of producing the compound 32, the molar ratio of the base to the compound 31 is preferably 10:1 to 1:1, further preferably 8:1 to 5:1.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的脱水剂优选二氯亚砜和/或甲烷磺酰氯。In the process for preparing compound 32, the dehydrating agent is preferably thionyl chloride and/or methanesulfonyl chloride.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的化合物31与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:2~1:3。In the method of producing the compound 32, the molar ratio of the compound 31 to the dehydrating agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, more preferably 1:2 to 1:3.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的脱水反应的温度优选-78℃~30℃,进一步优选-78℃~0℃。In the process for producing the compound 32, the temperature of the dehydration reaction is preferably -78 ° C to 30 ° C, and more preferably -78 ° C to 0 ° C.
在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的脱水反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物31消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选0.1h~5h,进一步优选0.5h~2h。In the method of preparing the compound 32, the progress of the dehydration reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 31 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 0.1 h. ~5h, further preferably 0.5h to 2h.
制备化合物32的方法优选包括以下步骤:在化合物31、碱与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,加入脱水剂,进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物32即可。The method for producing the compound 32 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a dehydrating agent to a solution of the compound 31, a base and an organic solvent, and performing a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 32.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的化合物31可以采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,氧化剂存在的条件下,将化合物30进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物31; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 32, the compound 31 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, in the presence of an oxidizing agent, the compound 30 Performing an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 31;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000042
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物31的方法可以采用本领域中该类氧化反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 31 can employ a conventional method of the oxidation reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选卤代烃溶剂;所述的卤代烃溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂,所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷。In the method of preparing the compound 31, the aprotic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent, and the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane.
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物30的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选50mL/g~150mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 31, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 30 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 50 mL/g to 150 mL/g.
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的氧化剂优选戴斯马丁氧化剂(CAS:87413-09-0)。所述的戴斯马丁氧化剂可以为本领域中常规市售试剂。In the process for preparing compound 31, the oxidizing agent is preferably Dess Martin oxidizing agent (CAS: 87413-09-0). The Dess Martin oxidizing agent can be a conventional commercially available reagent in the art.
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的化合物30与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:3,进一步优选1:1~1:2。In the method of producing the compound 31, the molar ratio of the compound 30 to the oxidizing agent is preferably 1:1 to 1:3, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的氧化反应的温度优选-30℃~30℃,进一步优选-20℃~30℃。In the method of producing the compound 31, the temperature of the oxidation reaction is preferably -30 ° C to 30 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的水解反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物30消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1h~10h,进一步优选1h~5h。In the method for preparing the compound 31, the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, and generally, when the compound 30 disappears, the reaction end is preferably 1 h. 10h, further preferably 1h to 5h.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备所述的化合物31的方法中,所述的化合物30可以采用下述方法制备:在质子性溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物29进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物30;The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 31, the compound 30 can be produced by the following method: in a protic solvent, in the presence of a base, Compound 29 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain the compound 30;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000043
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。 Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物30的方法可以采用本领域中该类水解反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 30 can employ a conventional method of the hydrolysis reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂优选醇类溶剂;所述的醇类溶剂优选甲醇。In the method of producing the compound 30, the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent; and the alcohol solvent is preferably methanol.
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂与所述的化合物29的体积质量比优选20mL/g~300mL/g,进一步优选30mL/g~100mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 30, the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 29 is preferably 20 mL/g to 300 mL/g, and more preferably 30 mL/g to 100 mL/g.
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的碱优选碳酸钾和/或甲醇钠,进一步优选甲醇钠。In the process for producing the compound 30, the base is preferably potassium carbonate and/or sodium methoxide, further preferably sodium methoxide.
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的化合物29与所述的碱的摩尔比优选3:1~1:1,进一步优选2:1~1:1。In the method of producing the compound 30, the molar ratio of the compound 29 to the base is preferably from 3:1 to 1:1, further preferably from 2:1 to 1:1.
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的水解反应的温度优选0℃~50℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 30, the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的水解反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物29消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1小时~1天,进一步优选3小时~10小时。In the method of preparing the compound 30, the progress of the hydrolysis reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 29 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 1 hour. ~1 day, further preferably 3 hours to 10 hours.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的化合物29可以采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物28与化合物9进行反应,得到所述的化合物29;The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of producing the compound 30, the compound 29 can be produced by the following method: in an aprotic solvent, a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand are present. Under the conditions, the compound 28 and the compound 9 are reacted to obtain the compound 29;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000044
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above.
制备化合物29的方法可以采用本领域中该类反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 29 can employ a conventional method of the reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method of preparing the compound 29, the aprotic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂与所述的化合物9的体积质量比优选1mL/g~50mL/g,进一步优选10mL/g~30mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 29, the volume-to-mass ratio of the aprotic solvent to the compound 9 is preferably 1 mL/g to 50 mL/g, and more preferably 10 mL/g to 30 mL/g.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的碱优选无机碱;所述的无机碱优选碳酸铯。 In the process for the preparation of the compound 29, the base is preferably an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is preferably cesium carbonate.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物9与所述的碱的摩尔比优选1:1~5:1,进一步优选2:1~4:1。In the process for producing the compound 29, the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the base is preferably 1:1 to 5:1, further preferably 2:1 to 4:1.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的催化剂优选无机铜盐;所述的无机铜盐是指铜与无机酸反应形成的盐。所述的无机铜盐优选氯化铜、氯化亚铜、溴化亚铜、溴化铜和碘化亚铜中的一种或多种,进一步优选溴化铜。In the method of preparing the compound 29, the catalyst is preferably an inorganic copper salt; and the inorganic copper salt is a salt formed by reacting copper with an inorganic acid. The inorganic copper salt is preferably one or more of copper chloride, cuprous chloride, cuprous bromide, copper bromide and cuprous iodide, and further preferably copper bromide.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物28与所述的催化剂的摩尔比优选1:1~10:1,进一步优选2:1~10:1。In the process for producing the compound 29, the molar ratio of the compound 28 to the catalyst is preferably 1:1 to 10:1, further preferably 2:1 to 10:1.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物28与所述的化合物9的摩尔比优选1:1~1:5,进一步优选1:1~1:2。In the process for producing the compound 29, the molar ratio of the compound 28 to the compound 9 is preferably 1:1 to 1:5, further preferably 1:1 to 1:2.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的催化剂配体优选吡咯烷-酚类催化剂;所述的吡咯烷-酚类催化剂优选
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000045
In the process for preparing compound 29, the catalyst ligand is preferably a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst is preferably
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000045
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的催化剂配体与所述的化合物28的摩尔比优选1:10~3:10,进一步优选1:5~3:10。In the process for producing the compound 29, the molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 28 is preferably from 1:10 to 3:10, further preferably from 1:5 to 3:10.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的反应的温度优选-20℃~40℃,进一步优选-20℃~30℃。In the process for producing the compound 29, the temperature of the reaction is preferably -20 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably -20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以化合物28消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选24h~96h,进一步优选24h~48h。In the method of preparing the compound 29, the progress of the reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, generally when the compound 28 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 24 h to 96 h. Further, it is preferably 24h to 48h.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000046
可以参考文献Chem.Eur.J.2012,18,12357报道的方法合成。
In the method of preparing compound 29, the catalyst ligand
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000046
It can be synthesized by the method reported in the literature Chem. Eur. J. 2012, 18, 12357.
在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物9可以参考文献Tetrahedron:Asymmetry.1998,9,1359–1367报道的方法合成。In the process for the preparation of compound 29, the compound 9 can be synthesized by the method reported in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry. 1998, 9, 1359 - 1367.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物28可以采用下述方法制备:在有机溶剂中,碱和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物27与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物28; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 29, the compound 28 can be produced by the following method: in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base and a catalyst, the compound 27 The reaction with the hydroxy protecting reagent is carried out on the upper hydroxyl protecting group to obtain the compound 28;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000047
其中,R4的定义同前所述。Among them, the definition of R 4 is the same as described above.
制备化合物28的方法可以采用本领域中该类上羟基保护基的反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 28 can employ a conventional method of the reaction of the above-mentioned hydroxy protecting group in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选醚类溶剂;所述的醚类溶剂优选四氢呋喃。In the method of preparing the compound 28, the organic solvent is preferably an ether solvent; and the ether solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物27的体积质量比优选1mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选10mL/g~50mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 28, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 27 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 10 mL/g to 50 mL/g.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的碱优选有机碱;所述的有机优选三乙胺。In the process for preparing the compound 28, the base is preferably an organic base; and the organic is preferably triethylamine.
制备化合物28的方法中,所述的碱与所述的化合物27的摩尔比优选1:1~3:1。In the method of producing the compound 28, the molar ratio of the base to the compound 27 is preferably 1:1 to 3:1.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的催化剂优选4-二甲氨基吡啶。In the process for preparing compound 28, the catalyst is preferably 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的催化剂与所述的化合物27的摩尔比优选0.01:1~0.5:1,进一步优选0.05:1~0.2:1。In the process for producing the compound 28, the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 27 is preferably from 0.01:1 to 0.5:1, further preferably from 0.05:1 to 0.2:1.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的羟基保护试剂优选乙酸酐、乙酰氯、乙酰溴、三氟乙酰氯、三氟乙酰溴、三甲基氯硅烷、三甲基溴硅烷、叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷、叔丁基二甲基溴硅烷、三乙基氯硅烷、三乙基溴硅烷、苄氯或苄溴,进一步优选乙酸酐。In the process for the preparation of the compound 28, the hydroxy protecting agent is preferably acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, acetyl bromide, trifluoroacetyl chloride, trifluoroacetyl bromide, trimethylchlorosilane, trimethylbromosilane, tert-butyl group Methylchlorosilane, tert-butyldimethylbromosilane, triethylchlorosilane, triethylbromosilane, benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide is further preferably acetic anhydride.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的上羟基保护基的反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选10℃~30℃。In the process for producing the compound 28, the temperature of the reaction of the upper hydroxy protecting group is preferably from 0 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 10 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的上羟基保护基的反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般化合物27消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选1分钟~1小时,进一步优选10分钟~30分钟。In the method of preparing the compound 28, the progress of the reaction of the upper hydroxyl protecting group can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is generally when the compound 27 disappears. It is preferably 1 minute to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
制备化合物28的方法优选采用以下步骤:化合物27与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,加入催化剂,再滴加碱和羟基保护试剂,进行上羟基保护基的反应得到所述的化合物28。The method for preparing the compound 28 preferably employs the following steps: a solution of the compound 27 and an organic solvent, a catalyst, a base and a hydroxy protecting reagent, and a reaction of an upper hydroxy protecting group to obtain the compound 28.
制备化合物28的方法进一步优选采用以下步骤:化合物27与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,加入催化剂,再依次滴加碱和羟基保护试剂,进行上羟基保护基的反应得到所述的化合物28。The method for producing the compound 28 is further preferably carried out by the following steps: a solution of the compound 27 and an organic solvent, a catalyst, a base and a hydroxy protecting reagent, and a reaction of an upper hydroxy protecting group are carried out to obtain the compound 28.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备所述的化合物28的方法中,所述的化合物27可以采用下述方法制备:在质子性溶剂中,将化合物26与还原剂进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物27; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method of preparing the compound 28, the compound 27 can be produced by subjecting the compound 26 to a reducing agent in a protic solvent. Reduction reaction to obtain the compound 27;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000048
其中,R4的定义同前所述。Among them, the definition of R 4 is the same as described above.
制备化合物27的方法可以采用本领域中该类还原反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for producing the compound 27 can employ a conventional method of the reduction reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂优选醇类溶剂;所述的醇类溶剂优选甲醇。In the method of preparing the compound 27, the protic solvent is preferably an alcohol solvent; and the alcohol solvent is preferably methanol.
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂与所述的化合物26的体积质量比优选1mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选20mL/g~40mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 27, the volume-to-mass ratio of the protic solvent to the compound 26 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 20 mL/g to 40 mL/g.
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的还原剂优选碱金属硼氢化物,所述的碱金属硼氢化物是指碱金属与BH4 -形成的盐,优选硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾和硼氢化锂中的一种或多种,所述的硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾或硼氢化锂为常规市售的试剂。In the process for preparing the compound 27, the reducing agent is preferably an alkali metal borohydride, and the alkali metal borohydride refers to a salt of an alkali metal with BH 4 - , preferably sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride and boron. One or more of lithium hydride, the sodium borohydride, potassium borohydride or lithium borohydride is a conventionally commercially available reagent.
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的还原剂与所述的化合物26的摩尔比优选0.4:1~10:1,进一步优选0.4:1~1:1。In the method of producing the compound 27, the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 26 is preferably from 0.4:1 to 10:1, more preferably from 0.4:1 to 1:1.
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的还原反应的温度优选0℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 27, the temperature of the reduction reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 40 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的还原反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,以所述的化合物26消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选10分钟~1小时,进一步优选10分钟~30分钟。In the method of preparing the compound 27, the progress of the reduction reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC) in the art, and the reaction time is preferred when the compound 26 disappears. 10 minutes to 1 hour, further preferably 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
制备化合物27的方法优选包括以下步骤:在化合物26与质子性溶剂形成的溶液中,加入硼氢化钠,进行还原反应得到所述的化合物27。The method for producing the compound 27 preferably comprises the steps of: adding a sodium borohydride to a solution of the compound 26 and a protic solvent to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 27.
所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的化合物26可以采用下述方法制备:在有机溶剂中,催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮酸甲酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到所述的化合物26;The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the method for producing the compound 27, the compound 26 can be produced by the following method: in the presence of a catalyst, the compound 11 and acetone are present in an organic solvent. The methyl ester is subjected to a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 26;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000049
其中,R4的定义同上所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined above.
制备化合物26的方法可以采用本领域中该类迈克尔加成反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件: The method for preparing the compound 26 can employ a conventional method of the Michael addition reaction in the art, and the following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred in the present invention:
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的有机溶剂优选芳烃类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂、烷烃类溶剂和卤代芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的芳烃类溶剂优选甲苯和/或均三甲苯;所述的卤代烃类溶剂优选氯代烃类溶剂;所述的氯代烃类溶剂优选二氯甲烷和/或三氯甲烷;所述的醚类溶剂优选乙醚和/或苯甲醚;所述的烷烃类溶剂优选正己烷。In the method of preparing the compound 26, the organic solvent is preferably one or more of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; the aromatic hydrocarbon The solvent is preferably toluene and/or mesitylene; the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent; the chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is preferably dichloromethane and/or chloroform; and the ether solvent Preference is given to diethyl ether and/or anisole; the alkane-based solvent is preferably n-hexane.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的有机溶剂与所述的化合物11的体积质量比优选1mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选1mL/g~10mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 26, the volume-to-mass ratio of the organic solvent to the compound 11 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 1 mL/g to 10 mL/g.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的丙酮酸甲酯与所述的化合物11的摩尔比优选1:1~1:10,进一步优选1:3~1:10。In the method of producing the compound 26, the molar ratio of the methyl pyruvate to the compound 11 is preferably 1:1 to 1:10, more preferably 1:3 to 1:10.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的催化剂优选如下式所示的任一催化剂,进一步优选Jacobsen催化剂:In the method of producing the compound 26, the catalyst is preferably any of the catalysts represented by the following formulas, and further preferably a Jacobsen catalyst:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000050
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的催化剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比优选0.01:1~0.2:1,进一步优选0.03:1~0.1:1。In the process for producing the compound 26, the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 is preferably from 0.01:1 to 0.2:1, more preferably from 0.03:1 to 0.1:1.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的迈克尔加成反应的温度优选-10℃~40℃,进一步优选0℃~30℃,再进一步优选20℃~30℃。 In the method for producing the compound 26, the temperature of the Michael addition reaction is preferably -10 to 40 ° C, more preferably 0 to 30 ° C, still more preferably 20 to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的迈克尔加成反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、NMR或HPLC)进行监控,一般以所述的化合物丙酮酸甲酯消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选12小时~5天,进一步优选12小时~48小时。In the process for the preparation of compound 26, the progress of the Michael addition reaction can be monitored by conventional test methods in the art (such as TLC, NMR or HPLC), generally when the compound methyl pyruvate disappears. The reaction time is preferably from 12 hours to 5 days, more preferably from 12 hours to 48 hours.
在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的Jacobsen催化剂可以参考文献J.Am.Chem.Soc.,2006,128,7170-7171,所报道的方法合成。In the process for the preparation of compound 26, the Jacobsen catalyst can be synthesized by the method reported in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 7170-7171.
制备化合物26的方法优选包括以下步骤:在化合物11与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入催化剂和丙酮酸甲酯,进行迈克尔加成反应得到所述的化合物26。The method for producing the compound 26 preferably comprises the steps of: sequentially adding a catalyst and methyl pyruvate to a solution formed of the compound 11 and an organic solvent, and performing a Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 26.
本发明中所述的化合物2优选采用下述任一路线制备:The compound 2 described in the present invention is preferably prepared by any of the following routes:
路线一:Route 1:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000051
路线二:Route 2:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000052
路线三: Route 3:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000053
路线四Route four
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000054
化合物20优选采用以下路线制备:Compound 20 is preferably prepared by the following route:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000055
化合物10采用以下路线制备:Compound 10 was prepared using the following route:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000056
本发明中,在制得化合物2之后还可以制备化合物1,其包括以下步骤:在溶剂中, 将化合物2与胍试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物1即可;In the present invention, after the preparation of the compound 2, the compound 1 can also be prepared, which comprises the steps of: in a solvent, The compound 2 is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction with a hydrazine reagent to obtain a compound 1;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000057
其中,R为甲基或者氢;当R为氢时化合物1为扎那米韦(Zanamivir);当R为甲基时化合物1为拉那米韦(Laninamivir)。Wherein R is methyl or hydrogen; when R is hydrogen, compound 1 is Zanamivir; and when R is methyl, compound 1 is Laninamivir.
制备化合物1的方法,可以参照文献J.Chem.Soc.,Perkin Trans.I,1995,1173-1180报道的方法合成,也可以采用本领域中该类亲核取代反应的常规方法,本发明中特别优选下述反应方法和条件:The method for preparing the compound 1 can be synthesized by referring to the method reported in J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1995, 1173-1180, or a conventional method of nucleophilic substitution reaction in the art, in the present invention. The following reaction methods and conditions are particularly preferred:
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的溶剂优选水。In the process for preparing the compound 1, the solvent is preferably water.
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的溶剂与所述的化合物2的体积质量比优选1mL/g~100mL/g,进一步优选60mL/g~90mL/g。In the method for producing the compound 1, the volume-to-mass ratio of the solvent to the compound 2 is preferably from 1 mL/g to 100 mL/g, and more preferably from 60 mL/g to 90 mL/g.
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的胍试剂优选三氧化硫脲、N,N'-双(叔丁氧羰基)-1H-吡唑-1-甲脒(N,N’-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine,CAS:152120-54-2)、1H-吡唑-1-甲脒盐酸盐(1H-pyrazole-1-carboximidinehydrochloride,CAS:4023-02-3)或者N,N’-二叔丁氧羰基硫脲(N,N'-Di-Boc-thiourea,CAS:145013-05-04)In the process for preparing the compound 1, the hydrazine reagent is preferably thiourea trioxide, N, N'-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine (N, N'-bis (tert) -butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine, CAS: 152120-54-2), 1H-pyrazole-1-carboximidinehydrochloride, CAS: 4023-02-3 Or N,N'-di-tert-butoxycarbonylthiourea (N,N'-Di-Boc-thiourea, CAS: 145013-05-04)
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的化合物2与所述的胍试剂的摩尔比优选1:1~1:30,进一步优选1:10~1:15。In the method of producing the compound 1, the molar ratio of the compound 2 to the hydrazine reagent is preferably 1:1 to 1:30, further preferably 1:10 to 1:15.
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的温度优选10℃~40℃,进一步优选20℃~30℃。In the method for producing the compound 1, the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 20 ° C to 30 ° C.
在制备化合物1的方法中,所述的亲核取代反应的进程可以采用本领域中的常规测试方法(如TLC、HPLC或NMR)进行监控,一般以化合物2消失时为反应终点,反应时间优选18h~36h,进一步优选30h~36h。In the method of preparing the compound 1, the progress of the nucleophilic substitution reaction can be monitored by a conventional test method (such as TLC, HPLC or NMR) in the art, generally when the compound 2 disappears as the reaction end point, and the reaction time is preferably 18h to 36h, further preferably 30h to 36h.
制备化合物1的方法优选在碱存在的条件下进行。The process for preparing the compound 1 is preferably carried out in the presence of a base.
当制备化合物1的方法在碱存在的条件下进行时,所述的碱优选无机碱;所述的无机碱优选碳酸钾和/或碳酸钠;所述的无机碱与所述的化合物2的摩尔比优选1:1~3:1,进一步优选1:1~2:1。When the method for preparing the compound 1 is carried out in the presence of a base, the base is preferably an inorganic base; the inorganic base is preferably potassium carbonate and/or sodium carbonate; the molar ratio of the inorganic base to the compound 2 The ratio is preferably 1:1 to 3:1, further preferably 1:1 to 2:1.
制备化合物1的方法优选采用以下步骤:在化合物2与溶剂形成的溶液中,依次分批加入碱和胍试剂,进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物1即可。The method for preparing the compound 1 preferably employs the step of sequentially adding a base and a hydrazine reagent in a solution of the compound 2 and a solvent in a batchwise manner to carry out a nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain a compound 1.
当化合物1中R为甲基时为拉那米韦,制得拉那米韦之后,还可以参考专利(WO 2008/126943)的方法制备拉那米韦的辛酸酯CS-8958。When R in the compound 1 is a methyl group, it is lamivicil. After the lanamivir is obtained, the patent can also be referred to (WO). Method of 2008/126943) Preparation of octyl octanoate CS-8958.
本发明还提供了化合物3的合成方法,当R1为三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)、甲氧甲基(MOM)或甲基时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法一制备;当R1为氢时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法二制备;当R1为三甲基硅基(TMS)、叔丁基二甲基硅基(TBS)、叔丁基二苯基硅基(TBDPS)、三异丙基硅基(TIPS)、甲氧甲基(MOM)、甲基或氢时,所述的化合物3可以采用下述方法三制备;The invention also provides a method for synthesizing compound 3, when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triiso When propylsilyl (TIPS), methoxymethyl (MOM) or methyl group, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method 1; when R 1 is hydrogen, the compound 3 can be the following method. Preparation; when R 1 is trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), When methoxymethyl (MOM), methyl or hydrogen, the compound 3 can be prepared by the following method three;
方法一:在质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物4与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物3;Method 1: in a protic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 4 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000058
方法二:在非质子溶剂中,将化合物12与还原剂进行还原反应,得到化合物3即可;Method 2: reducing the compound 12 and the reducing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000059
方法三:将化合物34进行水解反应,得到化合物3即可;Method 3: Compound 34 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain Compound 3;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000060
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物3的方法所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 3.
本发明还提供了化合物4的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物5与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物4即可; The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 4, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 5 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 4;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000061
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物4的方法所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 4.
本发明还提供了化合物5的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物6与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物5即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 5, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 6 to an nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 5;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000062
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物5的方法所述。Wherein, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 5.
本发明还提供了化合物6的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物7进行还原反应,得到化合物6即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 6, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 7 to a reduction reaction in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 6;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000063
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物6的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 6.
本发明还提供了化合物7的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物8与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到化合物7即可; The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 7, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 8 and the dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 7;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000064
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物7的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 7.
本发明还提供了化合物8的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物10与化合物9进行反应,得到化合物8即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 8, which comprises the steps of: reacting the compound 10 with the compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain a compound 8;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000065
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物8的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 8.
本发明还提供了化合物10的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,添加剂和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮进行迈克尔加成反应,得到化合物10即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 10, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 11 and acetone to a Michael addition reaction in an organic solvent, in the presence of an additive and a catalyst, to obtain a compound 10;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000066
其中,R4的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物10的方法所述。Wherein, the definition of R 4 is the same as described above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 10.
本发明还提供了化合物12的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物13与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物12即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 12, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 13 with an oxidizing agent under acidic conditions in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 12;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000067
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物12的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 12.
本发明还提供了化合物13的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物14与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物13即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 13, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 14 with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 13;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000068
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物13的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 13.
本发明还提供了化合物14的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:将化合物15进行氧化反应,得到化合物14即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 14, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 15 to an oxidation reaction to obtain the compound 14;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000069
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物14的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the preparation of compound 14.
本发明还提供了化合物15的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在溶剂中,将化合物16与氟化试剂进行脱除羟基保护基的反应,得到化合物15即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 15, which comprises the steps of: removing the hydroxy protecting group from the compound 16 and the fluorinating reagent in a solvent to obtain the compound 15;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000070
其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物15的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 15.
本发明还提供了化合物16的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物17与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物16即可; The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 16, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 17 to an nucleophilic substitution reaction with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 16;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000071
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物16的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 16.
本发明还提供了化合物17的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物18进行还原反应,得到化合物17即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 17, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 18 to a reduction reaction in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 17;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000072
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物17的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 17.
本发明还提供了化合物18的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物19与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到化合物18即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 18, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 19 with a dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 18;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000073
其中,R2、R3、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物18的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 18.
本发明还提供了化合物21的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物22与酮进行缩合反应,得到化合物21即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 21, which comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 22 to a condensation reaction with a ketone in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a compound 21;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000074
其中,R2、R3和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物21的方法所述。Wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 21.
本发明还提供了化合物22的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物23与还原剂进行还原反应,得到化合物22即可;The present invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 22, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 23 and the reducing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 22;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000075
R3的定义同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物22的方法所述。The definition of R 3 is the same as above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 22.
本发明还提供了化合物23的合成方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到化合物23即可;The invention also provides a method for synthesizing the compound 23, which comprises the steps of: reacting D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base; , obtaining compound 23;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000076
R3的定义同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物23的方法所述。The definition of R 3 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described in the previous method for preparing compound 23.
本发明还提供了化合物35的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物35;The present invention also provides a preparation method of the compound 35, which comprises the following steps: the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain the compound 35;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000077
R、R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备化合物35的方法所述。R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the preparation of compound 35.
本发明还提供了化合物34的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物33与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到所述的化合物34;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 34, which comprises the steps of: nucleophilic substitution reaction of the compound 33 with an acetylating reagent in a solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 34;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000078
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物34的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 34 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物33的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物32进行还原反应,得到化合物33;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 33, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 32 in an aprotic solvent under the action of an acid and a reducing agent to obtain a compound 33;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000079
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000079
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物33的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 33 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物32的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物31与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物32;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 32, which comprises the steps of: dehydrating the compound 31 with a dehydrating agent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 32;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000080
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物32的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 32 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物31的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,氧化剂存在的条件下,将化合物30进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物31;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 31, which comprises the steps of: oxidizing the compound 30 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 31;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000081
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物31的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 31 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物30的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在质子性溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物29进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物30; The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 30, which comprises the steps of: hydrolyzing the compound 29 in a protic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain the compound 30;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000082
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000082
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物30的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing the compound 30 described above.
本发明还提供了化合物29的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物28与化合物9进行反应,得到所述的化合物29;The present invention also provides a process for the preparation of the compound 29, which comprises the steps of reacting the compound 28 with the compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain the compound 29 ;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000083
其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物29的方法所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 29 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物28的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,碱和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物27与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物28;The invention also provides a preparation method of the compound 28, which comprises the steps of: reacting the compound 27 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base and a catalyst, to obtain the compound 28; ;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000084
其中,R4的定义同前所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物28的方法所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 28 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物27的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在质子性溶剂中,将化合物26与还原剂进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物27;The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound 27, which comprises the steps of: reducing the compound 26 with a reducing agent in a protic solvent to obtain the compound 27;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000085
其中,R4为叔丁氧羰基;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物27的方法所述。Wherein R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group; and each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing the compound 27 described above.
本发明还提供了化合物26的制备方法,其包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮酸甲酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到所述的化合物26; The present invention also provides a method for preparing compound 26, which comprises the steps of: Michael addition reaction of compound 11 with methyl pyruvate in an organic solvent in the presence of a catalyst to obtain the compound 26;
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000086
其中,R4的定义同上所述;各反应条件均同前面制备所述的化合物26的方法所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined above; each reaction condition is as described above for the method of preparing compound 26 as described above.
本发明还提供了化合物3、4、5、6、7、8、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、21、22、23、26、27、28、29、30、31、32、33、34或35,其结构式如下所示:The invention also provides compounds 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 or 35, the structural formula is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000087
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000087
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000088
其中,R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢;R2和R5各自独立的为甲基、乙基或丙基;R4为氨基保护基;所述的氨基保护基为叔丁氧羰基、苄氧基羰基或对甲苯磺酰基;R3为羟基保护基,所述的羟基保护基为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基或甲氧甲基。Wherein R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen; R 2 and R 5 is independently methyl, ethyl or propyl; R 4 is an amino protecting group; the amino protecting group is t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or p-toluenesulfonyl; R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group, The hydroxy protecting group is a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group or a methoxymethyl group.
优选,R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基;或者R3为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基。 Preferably, R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 is independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl; or R 3 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl.
在不违背本领域常识的基础上,上述各优选条件,可任意组合,即得本发明各较佳实例。The above preferred conditions can be arbitrarily combined without departing from the ordinary knowledge in the art, that is, preferred embodiments of the present invention.
本发明中,所述的室温指环境温度,为-20℃~40℃。In the present invention, the room temperature refers to an ambient temperature of -20 ° C to 40 ° C.
本发明所用试剂和原料均市售可得。The reagents and starting materials used in the present invention are commercially available.
本发明的积极进步效果在于:本发明的合成方法原料廉价易得,反应条件温和,步骤较短,总收率高,生产成本低,产品纯度好,手性纯度高,具有良好的工业化生产的前景。The positive progress of the invention is that the synthesis method of the invention has the advantages of low cost and easy availability, mild reaction conditions, short steps, high total yield, low production cost, good product purity, high chiral purity and good industrial production. prospect.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面通过实施例的方式进一步说明本发明,但并不因此将本发明限制在所述的实施例范围之中。下列实施例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,按照常规方法和条件,或按照商品说明书选择。The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which are not intended to limit the invention. The experimental methods in the following examples which do not specify the specific conditions are selected according to conventional methods and conditions, or according to the product specifications.
本发明中“dr”是英文diastereoisomer ratio的缩写,表示非对映异构体的比例;当产物为一对非对映异构体时,“&”前后的两个数据表示这两个异构体中同一位置的氢或碳的化学位移值。In the present invention, "dr" is an abbreviation of English diastereoisomer ratio, indicating the ratio of diastereomers; when the product is a pair of diastereomers, two data before and after "&" indicate these two isoforms. The chemical shift value of hydrogen or carbon at the same position in the body.
实施例1化合物10的合成Synthesis of Compound 10 of Example 1
硝基化合物11(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(38.72g,205.76mmol)溶于无水甲苯(13mL)中,依次加入Jacobsen催化剂(4.01g,10.27mmol)苯甲酸(5.02g,41.11mmol),加入丙酮(152.3mL,2056mmol)后,室温反应4d。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(42.6g,84%,84%ee)。产物用石油醚/乙酸乙酯=20:1重结晶后得化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(37.1g,收率73%,93%ee)。[α]D 20=+1.83°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ5.28(d,J=5.6Hz,1H),4.72(dd,J=12.4,5.6Hz,1H),4.55(dd,J=12.4,5.2Hz,1H),4.48(m,1H),2.17(s,3H),1.41(s,9H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ216.17,154.87,80.47,76.94,45.28,44.08,30.38,28.25;ESI-MS(m/z):269([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C10H18N2NaO5([M+Na]+):269.11052,实验值:269.11079.The nitro compound 11 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (38.72 g, 205.76 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (13 mL). EtOAc (4.01 g, 10.27 mmol) benzoic acid (5.02 g, 41.11 After adding acetone (152.3 mL, 2056 mmol), it was reacted at room temperature for 4 d. After completion of the spin solvent directly by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4: 1 to give compound 10 (R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (42.6g, 84%, 84 % ee). The product was recrystallized from petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 20:1 to give compound 10 (R 4 as tert-butoxycarbonyl) (37.1 g, yield 73%, 93% ee). [α] D 20 = +1.83° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 5.28 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (dd, J = 12.4, 5.6 Hz , 1H), 4.55 (dd, J = 12.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 9H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 216. 17,154.87,80.47,76.94,45.28,44.08,30.38,28.25; ESI-MS (m / z): 269 ([m + Na] +); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 10 H 18 N 2 NaO 5 ([M+Na] + ): 269.11052, experimental value: 269.11079.
硝基化合物11(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(170mg,0.90mmol)溶于无水甲苯(30uL)中,依次加入Jacobsen催化剂(3.5mg,0.009mmol)、苯甲酸(1.1mg,0.009mmol),加入丙酮(670uL,9.034mmol)后,室温反应4d。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合 物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(205mg,收率92%,70%ee)。[α]D 20=+0.75°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ5.28(d,J=5.6Hz,1H),4.72(dd,J=12.4,5.6Hz,1H),4.55(dd,J=12.4,5.2Hz,1H),4.48(m,1H),2.17(s,3H),1.41(s,9H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ216.17,154.87,80.47,76.94,45.28,44.08,30.38,28.25;ESI-MS(m/z):269([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C10H18N2NaO5([M+Na]+):269.11052,实验值:269.11079.The nitro compound 11 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (170 mg, 0.90 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (30 uL), followed by Jacobsen catalyst (3.5 mg, 0.009 mmol), benzoic acid (1.1 mg, 0.009 mmol) After adding acetone (670 uL, 9.034 mmol), it was reacted at room temperature for 4 d. After completion of the spin solvent directly by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4: 1 to give compound 10 (R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (205mg, yield 92%, 70% ee). [α] D 20 = +0.75° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 5.28 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (dd, J = 12.4, 5.6 Hz , 1H), 4.55 (dd, J = 12.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 9H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 216. 17,154.87,80.47,76.94,45.28,44.08,30.38,28.25; ESI-MS (m / z): 269 ([m + Na] +); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 10 H 18 N 2 NaO 5 ([M+Na] + ): 269.11052, experimental value: 269.11079.
制备化合物10在不同的催化剂催化下,反应条件优化如表1所示;制备化合物10在催化剂12(Cat.12)的催化下,不同的有机溶剂条件下,反应条件优化如表2所示;制备化合物10在催化剂12(Cat.12)的催化下,在不同的添加剂条件下,反应条件优化如表3所示;。Cat.1、Cat.2和Cat.3为可以购买到的商品。Cat.4可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2012,134,20197;报道的方法合成。Cat.5可以参考文献:Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.2012,51,8838;报道的方法合成。Cat.6可以参考文献:Chem.Commun.2012,48,5193;报道的方法合成。Cat.7可以参考文献:Org.Lett.2007,9,599;报道的方法合成。Cat.8可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2006,128,9624;报道的方法合成。Cat.9可以参考文献:Eur.J.Org.Chem.2010,1849;报道的方法合成。Cat.10可以参考文献:Tetrahedron.Lett.2010,51,209;报道的方法合成。Cat.11可以参考文献:Org.Lett.2010,12,1756;报道的方法合成。Cat.12可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2006,128,7170;报道的方法合成;Cat.13可以参考文献:Adv.Synth.Catal.2012,354,740;报道的方法合成。The preparation of compound 10 under different catalyst catalysis, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 1; the preparation of compound 10 under the catalysis of catalyst 12 (Cat. 12), under different organic solvent conditions, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 2; Preparation of compound 10 under the catalysis of Catalyst 12 (Cat. 12), under different additive conditions, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 3; Cat.1, Cat.2, and Cat.3 are commercially available items. Cat. 4 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134, 20197; Cat. 5 can be found in the literature: Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2012, 51, 8838; Cat. 6 can be found in the literature: Chem. Commun. 2012, 48, 5193; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 7 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 599; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 8 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9624; Cat. 9 can be found in the literature: Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2010, 1849; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 10 can be found in the literature: Tetrahedron. Lett. 2010, 51, 209; reported method synthesis. Cat. 11 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2010, 12, 1756; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 12 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 7170; reported method synthesis; Cat. 13 can be found in the literature: Adv. Synth. Catal. 2012, 354, 740;
表1化合物10合成催化剂筛选Table 1 Synthesis of Compound 10 Catalysts
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000091
brsm(Based on Recovered Starting Materials)=根据回收的原料计算的产率Brosm (Based on Recovered Starting Materials) = calculated yield based on recovered raw materials
表2化合物10合成有机溶剂筛选(Cat.12)Table 2 Compound 10 synthetic organic solvent screening (Cat. 12)
实验编号Experiment number 添加剂additive 有机溶剂Organic solvents 温度temperature 时间time 收率(%)Yield (%) ee(%)Ee(%)
11 苯甲酸benzoic acid benzene 室温Room temperature 4d4d 7878 8383
22 苯甲酸benzoic acid 均三甲苯Mesitylene 室温Room temperature 4d4d 8484 8484
33 苯甲酸benzoic acid 氯苯chlorobenzene 室温Room temperature 4d4d 7171 8484
44 苯甲酸benzoic acid 三氟甲苯Trifluorotoluene 室温Room temperature 4d4d 6969 8484
55 苯甲酸benzoic acid 苯甲醚Anisole 室温Room temperature 4d4d 7777 8484
66 苯甲酸benzoic acid 正己烷Hexane 室温Room temperature 4d4d 8181 7878
77 苯甲酸benzoic acid 乙醚Ether 室温Room temperature 4d4d 8181 8282
88 苯甲酸benzoic acid 二氯甲烷Dichloromethane 室温Room temperature 4d4d 7171 8383
99 苯甲酸benzoic acid 四氯化碳Carbon tetrachloride 室温Room temperature 4d4d 4747 8383
表3化合物10合成添加剂筛选(Cat.12)Table 3 Compound 10 Synthetic Additive Screening (Cat. 12)
实验编号Experiment number 添加剂additive 有机溶剂Organic solvents 温度temperature 时间time 收率(%)Yield (%) ee(%)Ee(%)
11 乙酸Acetic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 9292 7575
22 对二苯甲酸Dibenzoic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 8484 7373
33 对羟基苯甲酸Hydroxybenzoic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 8989 7979
44 对硝基苯甲酸P-nitrobenzoic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 8787 7979
55 (+)-樟脑磺酸(+)-camphorsulfonic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 7777 8484
66 对甲苯磺酸p-Toluenesulfonic acid 甲苯Toluene 室温Room temperature 4天4 days 6464 8484
催化剂的结构如下所示: The structure of the catalyst is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000092
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000092
Jacobsen催化剂(Cat.12)的结构如下所示:The structure of the Jacobsen catalyst (Cat. 12) is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000093
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000093
实施例2化合物8(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)的合成 Synthesis of the compound of Example 2 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000094
化合物9(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(32.00g,121.82mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(60mL)中备用。称取化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(90.00g,365.50mmol),溴化铜(8.16g,36.55mmol),碳酸铯(18.00g,54.82mmol),催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000095
(15.60g,36.55mmol)置于蛋型瓶中,加入无水四氢呋喃(1500mL)室温搅拌4h产生少量白色固体后,0℃下加入化合物9(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)四氢呋喃溶液,0℃下继续反应36小时,饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应后乙酸乙酯萃取,旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物8(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(56.50g,收率80%),回收催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000096
(12.10g,收率78%)与化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(62.50g,收率69%)。1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ4.45~4.80(m,7H),4.17~4.22(m,1H),4.00~4.05(m,2H),3.67(m,1H),3.40(m,3H),2.17~2.23(m,1H),1.75~1.85(m,1H),1.50(m,3H),1.42(m,9H),1.39(m,3H)1.33(m,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ155.23,109.60,98.36,96.26,82.74,81.50,76.82,73.19,67.19,65.36,56.09,48.75,38.30,28.13,27.57,25.97,25.23;ESI-MS(m/z):473.3([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H34N2NaO10([M+Na]+):473.21057,实验值:473.21034.
Compound 9 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (32.00 g, 121.82 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (60 mL). Compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (90.00 g, 365.50 mmol), copper bromide (8.16 g, 36.55 mmol), cesium carbonate (18.00 g, 54.82 mmol), catalyst ligand
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000095
(15.60g, 36.55mmol) was placed in an egg-shaped flask, and added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1500 mL) at room temperature for 4 h to give a small amount of white solid. Then, compound 9 was added at 0 ° C (R 1 was methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 ) The reaction was carried out separately in methyl tetrahydrofuran solution, and the reaction was continued at 0 ° C for 36 hours. The saturated ammonium chloride solution was quenched and extracted with ethyl acetate. After the solvent was evaporated, the mixture was purified by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4: 1, a compound 8 is obtained (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (56.50 g, yield 80%), and a catalyst ligand is recovered.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000096
(12.10 g, yield 78%) and compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (62.50 g, yield 69%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 4.45 - 4.80 (m, 7H), 4.17 - 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.00 - 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 3H) ), 2.17 to 2.23 (m, 1H), 1.75 to 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.50 (m, 3H), 1.42 (m, 9H), 1.39 (m, 3H) 1.33 (m, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 155.23, 109.60, 98.36, 96.26, 82.74, 81.50, 76.82, 73.19, 67.19, 65.36, 56.09, 48.75, 38.30, 28.13, 27.57, 25.97, 25.23; ESI-MS (m/z): 473.3 ([m + Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 19 H 34 N 2 NaO 10 ([m + Na] +): 473.21057, found: 473.21034.
其中对化合物8合成的催化剂种类及当量的条件筛选见表4和表5,反应底物当量筛选见表6。The conditions for the types and equivalents of the catalysts synthesized for the compound 8 are shown in Tables 4 and 5, and the substrate equivalents for the reaction are shown in Table 6.
表4化合物8合成催化剂种类的筛选Table 4 Screening of Catalysts for Compound 8 Synthesis
实验编号Experiment number 催化剂a Catalyst a 9的当量9 equivalent 10的当量10 equivalent 配体当量Ligand equivalent 碱的当量Alkali equivalent 产率(%)Yield(%)
11 乙酸铜Copper acetate 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 3333
22 氯化亚铜Cuprous chloride 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 1616
33 氯化铜Copper chloride 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 5555
44 溴化亚铜Cuprous bromide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 23twenty three
55 溴化铜Copper bromide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 7878
66 碘化亚铜Cuprous iodide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 1717
a(催化剂的摩尔量与化合物9的摩尔量的比值为0.2) a (The ratio of the molar amount of the catalyst to the molar amount of the compound 9 is 0.2)
表5化合物8合成催化剂当量的筛选Table 5 Screening of Catalyst Equivalents for Compound 8 Synthesis
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000097
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000097
表6化合物8合成10的反应底物当量的筛选Table 6 Screening of Reaction Substrate Equivalents for Compound 8 Synthesis 10
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000098
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000098
实施例3化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 3 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000099
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000099
化合物8(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(20g,44.40mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(3.0L)中,0℃下依次加入吡啶(71.5mL,888.00mmol)与二氯亚砜(6.5mL,88.80mmol),0℃下反应2h,加入18mL水淬灭反应,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5 各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(13.44g,收率70%)(dr=8:1)。[α]D 20=+27.95°(c0.75,CHCl3);1H NMR(Pyridine-d5,400MHz)(主要异构体):δ8.24(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),5.14(t,J=7.6Hz,1H),5.04(t,J=9.6,1H),4.69(br,1H),4.62(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),4.65(dd,J=6.4,2.4Hz,2H),4.58(d,J=6.4Hz,1H),4.51(d,J=6.4Hz,1H),4.43(s,1H),4.26(q,J=5.6,1H),4.02(dd,J=8.4,6.0Hz,1H),3.94(dd,J=8.4,6.4Hz,1H),3.79(d,J=4.8Hz,1H),3.00(s,3H),1.45(s,3H),1.22(s,9H),1.19(s,3H),1.12(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,Pyridine-d5)(主要异构体):δ156.85,153.21,109.42,99.08,98.91,85.11,79.64,76.84,76.61,76.39,66.91,56.53,51.20,28.84,27.21,25.84,19.34;ESI-MS(m/z):455.4([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H32N2NaO9([M+Na]+):455.20000,实验值:455.20090.Compound 8 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (20 g, 44.40 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (3.0 L). Pyridine (71.5 mL, 888.00 mmol) and chlorosulfoxide (6.5 mL, 88.80 mmol) were sequentially added at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 2 h. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8:1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (13.44 g, yield 70%) (dr = 8:1). [α] D 20 = +27.95° (c 0.75, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (Pyridine-d 5 , 400 MHz) (major isomer): δ 8.24 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (t, J = 9.6, 1H), 4.69 (br, 1H), 4.62 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (dd, J = 6.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.26 (q, J = 5.6, 1H), 4.02 ( Dd, J = 8.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 3H) ), 1.22 (s, 9H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, Pyridine-d 5 ) (major isomer): δ 156.85, 153.21, 109.42, 99.08, 98.91, 85.11, 79.64, 76.84, 76.61, 76.39, 66.91, 56.53, 51.20, 28.84, 27.21, 25.84, 19.34; ESI-MS (m/z): 455.4 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z ): Calculated value: C 19 H 32 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na] + ): 455.20000, Experimental value: 455.20090.
化合物8(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.22mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(15mL)中,依次加入三乙胺(92μL,0.66mmol)、DMAP(6mg,0.04mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(49μL,0.22mmol),室温反应8h,补加三乙胺(61μL,0.44mmol)、DMAP(4mg,0.03mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(28μL,0.13mmol),继续反应4h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(56mg,收率58%)。Compound 8 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), followed by three Ethylamine (92 μL, 0.66 mmol), DMAP (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (49 μL, 0.22 mmol) were reacted at room temperature for 8 h, supplemented with triethylamine (61 μL, 0.44 mmol), DMAP (4 mg, 0.03 mmol) With methanesulfonyl chloride (28 μL, 0.13 mmol), the reaction was continued for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8:1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (56 mg, yield 58%).
化合物8(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.22mmol)溶于无水甲苯(15mL)中,加入Burgess试剂(Burgess试剂是指methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate,即N-(三乙基铵磺酰)氨基甲酸甲酯,CAS:29684-56-8)(79mg,0.33mmol)室温反应8h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(41mg,收率43%)。Compound 8 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous toluene (15 mL), and Burgess reagent is added. (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate, CAS: 29684-56-8) (79 mg, 0.33 mmol) for 8 h at room temperature. Saturated ammonium chloride solution the reaction was quenched, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8: 1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2, and R 5 is independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (41 mg, yield 43%).
实施例4化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 4 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000100
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000100
化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(10g,23.12mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(1.10L)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入锌粉(151g,2312.00mmol)与冰乙 酸(133mL,2312.00mmol),继续该温度下反应过夜。过滤除去过量锌粉,滤液中加入过量的氨水,用乙酸乙酯萃取后,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(7.91g,收率85%)。[α]D 20=-15.58°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ4.96(d,J=6.8Hz,1H),4.74(d,J=6.8Hz,1H),4.42(br,1H),4.39(s,1H),4.30(br,1H),4.24(m,1H),4.00~4.30(m,3H),3.67(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),2.85(t,J=9.6Hz,1H),1.71(s,3H),1.45(s,9H),1.39(s,3H),1.35(s,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ156.45,152.96,108.00,98.77,98.13,80.37,79.67,77.78,75.02,65.40,56.24,51.80,51.04,28.39,26.40,25.43,19.21;ESI-MS(m/z):403.4([M+H]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H35N2O7([M+H]+):403.24388,实验值:403.24551.Compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (10 g, 23.12 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (1.10 L), cooled to After 0 ° C, zinc powder (151 g, 2312.00 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (133 mL, 2312.00 mmol) were sequentially added, and the reaction was continued at this temperature overnight. The excess zinc powder was removed by filtration, and the excess ammonia water was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated, and then purified by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain compound 6 (R 1 Methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (7.91 g, yield 85%). [α] D 20 = -15.58° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 4.96 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (br, 1H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 4.30 (br, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.00 to 4.30 (m, 3H), 3.67 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H) ), 2.85 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ) ): δ 156.45, 152.96, 108.00, 98.77, 98.13, 80.37, 79.67, 77.78, 75.02, 65.40, 56.24, 51.80, 51.04, 28.39, 26.40, 25.43, 19.21; ESI-MS (m/z): 403.4 ([M+ H] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 35 N 2 O 7 ([M+H] + ): 403.24388, Experimental value: 403.24551.
化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.31mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(110mL)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入铁粉(12.95g,231.20mmol)与冰乙酸(13.3mL,231.20mmol),继续该温度下反应过夜。过滤除去过量铁粉,滤液中加入过量的氨水,用乙酸乙酯萃取后,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(510mg,收率55%)。Compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1 g, 2.31 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (110 mL), cooled to 0 After °C, iron powder (12.95 g, 231.20 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (13.3 mL, 231.20 mmol) were sequentially added, and the reaction was continued at this temperature overnight. Excess iron powder was removed by filtration, the filtrate was added excess of aqueous ammonia, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2: 1 to give compound 6 (R 1 is Methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (510 mg, yield 55%).
化合物7(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.31mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(110mL)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入铝粉(6.24g,231.20mmol)与冰乙酸(13.3mL,231.20mmol),继续该温度下反应过夜。过滤除去过量铝粉,滤液中加入过量的氨水,用乙酸乙酯萃取后,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(316mg,收率34%)。Compound 7 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1 g, 2.31 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (110 mL), cooled to 0 After °C, aluminum powder (6.24 g, 231.20 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (13.3 mL, 231.20 mmol) were sequentially added, and the reaction was continued at this temperature overnight. Excess aluminum was removed by filtration, the filtrate was added excess of aqueous ammonia, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2: 1 to give compound 6 (R 1 is Methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (316 mg, yield 34%).
实施例5化合物5(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 5 of Example 5 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000101
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000101
化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(10g,24.85mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(1L)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入三乙胺(14.0mL,99.40mmol)与乙酰 氯(1.77mL,25.10mmol),0℃反应2h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(9.94g,收率90%)。[α]D 20=+11.14°(c 1.1,CHCl3);1H NMR(CD3CN,400MHz):δ6.40(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),5.29(d,J=6.8Hz,1H),4.63~4.68(m,2H),4.45(s,1H),4.18~4.25(m,3H),4.08(dd,J=8.8,6.0Hz,1H),4.04(dd,J=8.8,6.0Hz,1H),3.86(t,J=9.6Hz,1H),3.80(dd,J=6.0,1.2Hz,1H),3.35(s,3H),1.88(s,3H),1.73(br,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.39(s,3H),1.33(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CD3CN):δ170.17,155.64,151.44,107.97,98.17,97.46,78.13,76.13,76.00,75.24,65.79,55.17,49.94,48.19,27.35,25.71,24.21,22.21,18.08;ESI-MS(m/z):467.5([M+Na]+),483.6([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C21H36N2NaO8([M+Na]+):467.23639,实验值:467.23778.Compound 6 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (10 g, 24.85 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (1 L), cooled to 0 After °C, triethylamine (14.0 mL, 99.40 mmol) and acetyl chloride (1.77 mL, 25.10 mmol) were sequentially added and reacted at 0 ° C for 2 h. After completion of solvent chromatography, direct column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 5 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxy Carbonyl) (9.94 g, yield 90%). [α] D 20 =+11.14° (c 1.1, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CD 3 CN, 400 MHz): δ 6.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J = 6.8 Hz) , 1H), 4.63 to 4.68 (m, 2H), 4.45 (s, 1H), 4.18 to 4.25 (m, 3H), 4.08 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J = 8.8 , 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (dd, J = 6.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.73 (br) , 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CD 3 CN): δ 170.17, 155.64, 151.44, 107.97, 98.17, 97.46, 78.13, 76.13 , 76.00, 75.24, 65.79, 55.17, 49.94, 48.19, 27.35, 25.71, 24.21, 22.21, 18.08; ESI-MS (m/z): 467.5 ([M+Na] + ), 483.6 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 21 H 36 N 2 NaO 8 ([m + Na] +): 467.23639, found: 467.23778.
化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.49mmol)溶于吡啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(0.91g,收率82%)。Compound 6 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1 g, 2.49 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (120 mL), acetic anhydride (5 mL) ), the temperature was raised to 60 ° C for 12 h. After completion of the solvent, the residue was purified by chromatography.
化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.49mmol)溶于哌啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(0.82g,收率74%)。Compound 6 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1 g, 2.49 mmol) is dissolved in piperidine (120 mL), and acetic anhydride is added ( 5 mL), the temperature was raised to 60 ° C for 12 h. After the solvent was swirled, the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting elut elut elut
实施例6化合物4(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 6 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000102
化合物5(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.0g,2.25mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(300mL)中,加入二氧化硒(500mg,4.50mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于70℃反应2h。用垫子有硅藻土的漏斗抽滤,滤液浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物4(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(515mg,收率50%)。[α]D 20=+54.55°(c 0.9,CHCl3);1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ9.17(s,1H),6.08(d,J=6.8Hz,1H),5.72(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),5.14(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),4.65~4.75(m,3H),4.28~4.38(m,2H),4.07~4.19(m,3H),3.83(d,J=5.5Hz,1H),3.35(s,3H),1.98(s,3H),1.43(m,9H),1.39(s,3H),1.34(s, 3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ185.28,170.98,156.00,151.70,118.87,108.82,98.98,80.32,77.08,75.35,66.49,56.24,49.48,48.53,29.67,28.27,26.67,25.16,23.40;ESI-MS(m/z):481.5([M+Na]+),513.6([M+MeOH+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C21H34N2NaO9([M+Na]+):481.21565,实验值:481.21434.Compound 5 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (1.0 g, 2.25 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane Selenium dioxide (500 mg, 4.50 mmol) was added to (300 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 70 ° C for 2 h under argon protection. The mixture was filtered with a funnel of celite, and the filtrate was concentrated and then directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to obtain compound 4 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independent. It is a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (515 mg, yield 50%). [α] D 20 = +54.55° (c 0.9, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 6.08 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.72 ( d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.65 to 4.75 (m, 3H), 4.28 to 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.07 to 4.19 (m, 3H), 3.83 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.43 (m, 9H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR ( 100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 185.28, 170.98, 156.00, 151.70, 118.87, 108.82, 98.98, 80.32, 77.08, 75.35, 66.49, 56.24, 49.48, 48.53, 29.67, 28.27, 26.67, 25.16, 23.40; ESI-MS (m/) z): 481.5 ([M+Na] + ), 513.6 ([M+MeOH+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 21 H 34 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na ] + ): 481.21565, experimental value: 481.21434.
化合物5(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.0g,2.25mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(300mL)中,加入二氧化硒(500mg,4.50mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于100℃反应2h。用垫子有硅藻土的漏斗抽滤,滤液浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物4(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(309mg,收率30%,)。Compound 5 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (1.0 g, 2.25 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane Selenium dioxide (500 mg, 4.50 mmol) was added to (300 mL). Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 100 ° C for 2 h under argon protection. The mixture was filtered with a funnel of celite, and the filtrate was concentrated and then directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to obtain compound 4 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independent. It is a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (309 mg, yield 30%).
实施例7化合物3(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 3 of Example 7 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000103
化合物4(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.0g,2.18mmol)溶于叔丁醇(120mL)与水(40mL)中,依次加入2-甲基丁烯(40mL)与磷酸二氢钠(2.10mg,17.44mmol),最后加入亚氯酸钠(789mg,8.72mmol)。室温反应过夜。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,二氯甲烷/甲醇=8:1,得化合物3(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(827mg,收率80%)。[α]D 20=+10.12°(c 0.43MeOH);1H NMR(CD3OD,500MHz):δ5.71(d,J=2.0Hz,1H),4.73(d,J=6.5Hz,1H),4.68(d,J=7.0,1H),4.37~4.46(m,2H),4.29(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.20(dd,J=6.4,4.8Hz,1H),4.07(dd,J=7.2,4.8Hz,1H),3.99(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),3.86(d,J=5.5Hz,1H),3.38(s,3H),1.97(s,3H),1.44(s,9H),1.40(s,3H),1.34(s,3H);13C NMR(125MHz,DMSO-d6):δ169.91,162.77,156.09,134.05,128.27,108.20,98.21,78.21,76.94,76.07,75.39,65.91,56.12,50.02,47.71,28.65,26.94,25.64,23.31;ESI-MS(m/z):473.4([M-H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C21H33N2O10([M-H]+):473.21407,实验值:473.21467.Compound 4 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.0 g, 2.18 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (120 mL) and water (40 mL) 2, 2-methylbutene (40 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (2.10 mg, 17.44 mmol) were added in that order, and finally sodium chlorite (789 mg, 8.72 mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate is concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, methylene chloride / methanol = 8:1 to give compound 3 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) 827 mg, yield 80%). [α] D 20 = +10.12 ° (c 0.43 MeOH); 1 H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz): δ 5.71 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H) ), 4.68 (d, J = 7.0, 1H), 4.37 to 4.46 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J = 6.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.07 ( Dd, J = 7.2, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.44(s,9H), 1.40(s,3H), 1.34(s,3H); 13 C NMR (125MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ169.91,162.77,156.09,134.05,128.27,108.20,98.21,78.21,76.94 , 76.07, 75.39, 65.91, 56.12, 50.02, 47.71, 28.65, 26.94, 25.64, 23.31; ESI-MS (m/z): 473.4 ([MH] + ). ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 21 H 33 N 2 O 10 ([MH] + ): 473.21407, found: 473.21467.
实施例8化合物2(R为氢)的合成 Synthesis of Compound 2 of Example 8 (R is hydrogen)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000104
化合物3(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.211mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(100mL)中,加入三氟乙酸(10mL),室温反应8h。体系浓缩后得化合物2(R为氢)的三氟乙酸盐(85mg,收率90%)。[α]D 20=+20.13°(c 0.01,DMSO);1H NMR(D2O,500MHz):δ5.85(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.35(d,J=11.0Hz,1H),4.26(dd,J=10.5,9.5Hz,1H),4.10(dd,J=9.5,2.5Hz,1H),3.88(ddd,J=9.0,5.5,3.0Hz,1H),3.76(dd,J=12.0,3.0Hz,1H),3.57(dd,J=12.0,5.5Hz,1H),3.46(dd,J=9.0,1Hz,1H),3.30(s,1H),1.98(s,1H);13C NMR(125MHz,D2O):δ174.55,164.72,146.71,104.12,77.23,75.73,69.52,62.27,60.32,50.44,45.43,22.13;ESI-MS(m/z):289.2([M-H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C11H17N2O7([M-H]+):289.10412,实验值:289.10520.Compound 3 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (100 mg, 0.211 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL), trifluorobenzene Acetic acid (10 mL) was reacted at room temperature for 8 h. The system was concentrated to give the trifluoroacetic acid salt of Compound 2 (R is hydrogen) (85 mg, yield 90%). [α] D 20 = +20.13° (c 0.01, DMSO); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 500 MHz): δ 5.85 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J = 10.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J = 9.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (ddd, J = 9.0, 5.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (dd , J = 12.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J = 12.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 9.0, 1 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (s, 1H), 1.98 (s, 1H) 13 C NMR (125 MHz, D 2 O): δ 174.55, 164.72, 144.61, 104.12, 77.23, 75.73, 69.52, 62.27, 60.32, 50.44, 45.43, 22.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 289.2 ([MH. ] +) .ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 11 H 17 N 2 O 7 ([MH] +): 289.10412, found: 289.10520.
实施例10化合物23(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 23 of Example 10 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000105
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000105
称取24g NaH(24g,0.4mmol,质量百分含量为60%,所述的质量百分含量是指氢化钠的质量占氢化钠试剂总质量的百分比)于2L三颈瓶中,加入600mL的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(DMF,CAS:68-12-2)后,冷却到0℃,将82.5g的D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24(82.5g,0.4mmol)溶解于200mL的N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(DMF,CAS:68-12-2)中,缓慢滴加到上述悬浊液中,加完反应约半小时,体系变澄清。将TBSCl(叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷)(60.3g,0.4mmol)加上到上述溶液中,加完升至室温反应过夜。加入饱和NH4Cl溶液淬灭后,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次后,饱和食盐水洗一次,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋干溶剂后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=15:1,得化合物23(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)(128.2g,收率80%)。[α]D 20=-29.17°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ4.50(d,J=1.6Hz,1H),4.45(dd,J=10.0,1.6Hz,1H),4.00~4.24(m,4H),3.04(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),1.20(q,J=6.8Hz,6H),0.77(s,9H),0.01(s,3H),-1.0(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ171.30,170.36,73.59,73.16,61.77,61.34,25.41,18.08,14.05,13.96,-4.84,-5.92;ESI-MS(m/z):343 ([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C14H28NaO6Si([M+Na]+):343.1546,实验值:343.15474.Weigh 24g NaH (24g, 0.4mmol, 60% by mass, the mass percentage refers to the mass of sodium hydride as a percentage of the total mass of sodium hydride reagent) in a 2L three-necked flask, add 600mL After N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, CAS: 68-12-2), it was cooled to 0 ° C, and 82.5 g of D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 (82.5 g, 0.4 mmol) was dissolved. The solution was slowly added dropwise to 200 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, CAS: 68-12-2), and the reaction was clarified by adding the reaction for about half an hour. TBSCl (tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride) (60.3 g, 0.4 mmol) was added to the above solution, and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. After being added to a saturated NH 4 Cl solution, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. Compound 23 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl) (128.2 g, yield 80%). [α] D 20 = -29.17° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 4.50 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (dd, J = 10.0, 1.6 Hz) , 1H), 4.00 to 4.24 (m, 4H), 3.04 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.20 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 0.77 (s, 9H), 0.01 (s, 3H) , -1.0 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 171.30, 170.36, 73.59, 73.16, 61.77, 61.34, 25.41, 18.08, 14.05, 13.96, -4.84, -5.92; ESI-MS (m/) z): 343 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 14 H 28 NaO 6 Si ([M+Na] + ): 343.1546, Experimental value: 343.15474.
实施例11化合物22(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 22 of Example 11 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000106
称取LiBH4(13.72g,0.63mmol)于三颈瓶中,加入630mL无水四氢呋喃,冷却至0℃,将化合物23(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)(96.13g,0.3mmol)溶解于200mL中,慢慢加入到上述溶液中,加完自然升到室温,反应过夜。加入饱和NH4Cl溶液淬灭后,乙酸乙酯萃取3次,饱和食盐水洗一次,用无水硫酸钠干燥。旋干溶剂后柱层析,二氯甲烷/甲醇=15:1,得到化合物22(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)(63.8g,收率90%)。[α]D 20=-3.68°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CD3CN):δ3.62(m,1H),3.44~3.50(m,2H),3.38~3.41(m,3H),2.77(t,J=6.0Hz,1H),2.73(t,J=5.6Hz,1H),2.68(d,J=6.8Hz,1H),0.81(s,9H),0.01(s,3H),0.00(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ72.21,72.10,63.33,62.49,25.73,17.93,-4.62,-5.02.ESI-MS(m/z):259([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C10H24NaO4Si([M+Na]+):259.13361,实验值:259.13304.LiBH 4 (13.72 g, 0.63 mmol) was weighed into a three-necked flask, 630 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added, and cooled to 0 ° C. Compound 23 (R 3 was tert-butyldimethylsilyl) (96.13 g, 0.3 mmol) Dissolved in 200 mL, slowly added to the above solution, naturally added to room temperature after the addition, and allowed to react overnight. After quenching with a saturated NH 4 Cl solution, ethyl acetate was extracted three times, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After rotary evaporation column chromatography, dichloromethane / methanol = 15: 1, to give compound 22 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl) (63.8 g, yield 90%). [α] D 20 = -3.60° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 CN): δ 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.44 to 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.38 to 3.41 (m) , 3H), 2.77 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0.81 (s, 9H), 0.01 (s) , 3H), 0.00(s, 3H); 13 CNMR (100MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 72.21, 72.10, 63.33, 62.49, 25.73, 17.93, -4.62, -5.02. ESI-MS (m/z): 259 ([m + Na] +) ; ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 10 H 24 NaO 4 ( [m + Na] +) Si: 259.13361, found: 259.13304.
实施例12化合物21(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 12 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000107
称取化合物22(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基)(31g,0.131mol)于蛋形瓶中,依次加入78.6g蒙脱土K-10,31g
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000108
分子筛和1500mL丙酮,室温反应过夜。垫一层硅藻土抽滤,滤渣用乙酸乙酯洗2次,旋干溶剂得到粗品化合物21(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(36g,收率100%)。[α]D 20=+13.65°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ4.19(q,J=6.8Hz,1H),3.98(dd,J=8.0,6.8Hz,1H),3.83(dd,J=8.4,6.8Hz,1H),3.81(t,J=5.6Hz,1H),3.63~3.67(m,1H),3.50~3.56(m,1H),2.18(t,J=6.4Hz,1H),1.42(s,3H),1.34(s,3H),0.89(s,9H),0.10(s,6H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ109.17,77.12,72.85,65.30,63.64,26.28,25.81,25.11,18.09,-4.68,-4.78.ESI-MS(m/z):299([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C13H28NaO4Si([M+Na]+):299.16491,实验值:299.16474.
Compound 22 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl) (31 g, 0.131 mol) was weighed into an egg-shaped flask, and 78.6 g of montmorillonite K-10, 31 g were sequentially added.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000108
Molecular sieves and 1500 mL of acetone were reacted overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered with celite, and the residue was washed twice with ethyl acetate. The solvent was evaporated to give the crude compound 21 ( R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (36 g, yield 100%). [α] D 20 =+13.65° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 4.19 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (dd, J = 8.0, 6.8 Hz) , 1H), 3.83 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.63 to 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.50 to 3.56 (m, 1H), 2.18 ( t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 6H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 109. , 77.12, 72.85, 65.30, 63.64, 26.28, 25.81, 25.11, 18.09, -4.68, - 4.78. ESI-MS (m/z): 299 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z) : Calculated for C 13 H 28 NaO 4 Si ([M+Na] + ): 299.16491, calc.: 299.16474.
实施例13化合物20(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)的合成 Synthesis of the compound of Example 13 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000109
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000109
称取化合物21(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(45g,0.163mmol)于蛋形瓶中,加入800mL无水四氢呋喃后冷却至0℃,加入碳酸氢钠(49.3g,0.587mmol),再加入戴斯-马丁氧化剂(CAS:87413-09-0,英文名称为1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one)(82.96g,0.196mmol),加完自然升至室温,反应约2小时后,TLC点板跟踪至反应结束,垫硅胶抽滤并用二氯甲烷洗滤渣,浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=20:1,得化合物20(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(41.15g,收率92%)。[α]D 20=-22.59°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ9.68(d,J=1.2Hz,1H),4.31(m,1H),4.06(dd,J=8.4,6.8Hz,1H),4.04(dd,J=4.8,1.2Hz,1H),3.93(dd,J=8.4,6.0Hz,1H),1.41(s,3H),1.33(s,3H),0.91(s,9H),0.10(s,3H),0.08(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ201.88,109.42,77.45,76.11,64.79,25.72,25.38,24.81,17.93,-5.06,-5.40.ESI-MS(m/z):297([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C13H26NaO4Si([M+Na]+):297.14926,实验值:297.1500.Compound 21 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (45 g, 0.163 mmol) in an egg-shaped flask, and 800 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran is added and cooled to 0. °C, sodium bicarbonate (49.3g, 0.587mmol) was added, followed by Dess-Martin oxidant (CAS:87413-09-0, English name is 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1,2 -benziodoxol-3(1H)-one) (82.96g, 0.196mmol), after natural addition to room temperature, after about 2 hours of reaction, the TLC plate was traced to the end of the reaction, the pad was filtered with silica gel and the residue was washed with dichloromethane. After concentration, direct column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 20:1 to give compound 20 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (41.15 g, Yield 92%). [α] D 20 = -22.59° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.68 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.06 (dd , J=8.4, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J=4.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J=8.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 3H), 0.08 (s, 3H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 201.88, 109.42, 77.45, 76.11, 64.79, 25.72, 25.38, 24.81, 17.93 , -5.06, -5.40. ESI-MS (m/z): 297 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 13 H 26 NaO 4 Si ([M+Na ] + ): 297.14926, experimental value: 297.1500.
称取化合物21(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(45g,0.163mmol)于蛋形瓶中,加入800mL无水二氯甲烷后冷却至0℃,加入碳酸氢钠(49.3g,0.587mmol),再加入戴斯-马丁氧化剂(CAS:87413-09-0,英文名称为1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one)(82.96g,0.196mmol),加完自然升至室温,反应约2小时后,TLC点板跟踪至反应结束,垫硅胶抽滤并用二氯甲烷洗滤渣,浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=20:1,得化合物20(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(42.94g,收率96%)。Compound 21 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (45 g, 0.163 mmol) in an egg-shaped flask, and 800 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane is added and cooled. To 0 ° C, sodium bicarbonate (49.3 g, 0.587 mmol) was added, followed by Dess-Martin oxidant (CAS: 87413-09-0, English name 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1 , 2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one) (82.96g, 0.196mmol), after natural addition to room temperature, after about 2 hours of reaction, the TLC plate was traced to the end of the reaction, and the pad was filtered with silica gel and washed with dichloromethane. The residue was filtered, concentrated and purified by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 20:1 to give compound 20 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (42.94 g, yield 96%).
实施例15化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 15 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000110
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000110
化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(17.93g,72.9mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(600mL)中,加 入甲醇钠(790mg,14.6mmol)后室温搅拌30min。加入20(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(20.01g,72.9mmol)的四氢呋喃溶液300mL,室温反应8h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,回收原料10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(3.5g,收率19%),得化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(29.3g,回收原料后收率(brsm:Based on Recovered Starting Materials)96%。1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ5.12(m,1H),4.83(m,1H),4.27(m,1H),4.08(m,1H),4.00(m,1H),3.93(m,1H),3.72(m,1H),3.61(m,1H),2.73~2.89(m,1H),1.85~2.05(m,1H),1.30~1.44(m,18H),0.87(m,9H),0.08(m,6H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ154.91,109.14,95.75,84.63,81.68,80.24,73.92,71.40,65.81,48.84,40.50,28.71,26.60,26.23,25.20,18.31,-4.63;ESI-MS(m/z):543([M+Na]+),559([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C23H44N2NaO9Si([M+Na]+):534.2719,实验值:534.27083.Compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (17.93 g, 72.9 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (600 mL). A solution of 20 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (20.01 g, 72.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran solution was added, and the mixture was reacted at room temperature for 8 h. After the solvent was swirled, it was directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1, and starting material 10 (R 4 was tert-butoxycarbonyl) (3.5 g, yield 19%) to obtain compound 19 (R 3 is uncle butyldimethylsilyl group, R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (29.3g, yield recovered starting material (brsm: based on recovered Starting Materials ). 96% 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H) ), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 2.73 to 2.89 (m, 1H), 1.85 to 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.30 to 1.44 (m, 18H), 0.87 (m, 9H), 0.08 (m, 6H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 154.91, 109.14, 95.75, 84.63, 81.68, 80.24, 73.92, 71.40, 65.81, 48.84, 40.50, 28.71, 26.60, 26.23, 25.20, 18.31, -4.63 ESI-MS (m/z): 543 ([M+Na] + ), 559 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 23 H 44 N 2 NaO 9 Si ([M+Na] + ): 534.2719, experimental value: 534.27083.
重复实施例15,不同点在于,将甲醇钠替换成下列碱,不同碱存在条件下化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成优化见表7。Example 15 was repeated except that sodium methoxide was replaced with the following base, compound 19 in the presence of different bases (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R The synthesis optimization of 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) is shown in Table 7.
表7不同碱存在条件下化合物19的合成Table 7 Synthesis of Compound 19 in the presence of different bases
Alkali DBUDBU Bu4NOHBu 4 NOH TMGTMG KOBuKOBu Al2O3 Al 2 O 3 NaOHNaOH KOAcKOAc LDALDA
时间time 10h10h 10h10h 10h10h 10h10h 10h10h 10h10h 10h10h 2h2h
产率(%)Yield(%) 6565 8282 7878 5656 3232 1616 1414 1010
实施例16化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000111
化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(130mg,0.25mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(15mL)中,依次加入三乙胺(174μL,0.75mmol)、4-二甲氨基吡啶(DMAP)(7mg,0.05mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(56μL,0.25mmol),室温反应8h,补加三乙胺(90μL,0.63mmol)、4-二甲氨基吡啶(DMAP)(4mg,0.03mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(28μL,0.13mmol),继续反应4h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无 水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(89mg,收率71%)。[α]D 20=+9.13°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ4.89(br,1H),4.35(m,2H),4.56~4.70(m,2H),4.50(s,1H),4.20(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),4.03(dd,J=8.0,6.8Hz,1H),3.95(dd,J=8.4,5.2Hz,1H),4.50(s,1H),3.81(m,3H),3.66(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),1.76(s,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.40(s,3H),1.30(s,3H),0.90(s,9H),0.12(s,3H),0.08(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ154.89,152.88,109.41,96.64,83.12,80.48,77.23,65.83,49.28,26.20,26.63,25.88,25.23,19.15,18.35,-4.51,-4.80;ESI-MS(m/z):503([M+H]+),525([M+Na]+),541([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C23H42N2NaO8Si([M+Na]+):525.2619,实验值:525.26027.Compound 19 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (130 mg, 0.25 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) Add triethylamine (174 μL, 0.75 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (7 mg, 0.05 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (56 μL, 0.25 mmol), and react at room temperature for 8 h, add triethylamine (90 μL) , 0.63 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (4 mg, 0.03 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (28 μL, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8:1 to give compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is un Butoxycarbonyl) (89 mg, yield 71%). [α] D 20 = +9.13° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 4.89 (br, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.56 to 4.70 (m, 2H) ), 4.50 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J = 8.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (s, 1H), 3.81 (m, 3H), 3.66 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.12 (s, 3H), 0.08 (s, 3H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 154.89, 152.88, 109.41, 96.64, 83.12, 80.48, 77.23, 65.83, 49.28 , 26.20, 26.63, 25.88, 25.23, 19.15, 18.35, -4.51, -4.80; ESI-MS (m/z): 503 ([M+H] + ), 525 ([M+Na] + ), 541 ( [m + K] +); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 23 H 42 N 2 NaO 8 ([m + Na] +) Si: 525.2619, Found: 525.26027.
化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(28.6g,54.9mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(1.1L)中,冷却至0℃加入吡啶(221mL,2746.4mmol)后搅拌30min。该温度下加入二氯亚砜(20mL,274.6mmol)后自然升至室温反应2h。加入少量氢氧化钠固体淬灭反应后用硅藻土过滤。浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=10:1,得化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(22.4g,收率81%)。Compound 19 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (28.6 g, 54.9 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane ( In 1.1 L), pyridine (221 mL, 2746.4 mmol) was added after cooling to 0 ° C and stirred for 30 min. After adding thionyl chloride (20 mL, 274.6 mmol) at this temperature, it was naturally warmed to room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of a small amount of sodium hydroxide and filtered over Celite. After concentration and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 10:1 to give compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butyl Oxycarbonyl) (22.4 g, yield 81%).
化合物19(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(130mg,0.25mmol)溶于无水甲苯(15mL)中,加入Burgess试剂(Burgess试剂是指methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate,即N-(三乙基铵磺酰)氨基甲酸甲酯,CAS:29684-56-8)(91mg,0.38mmol)室温反应8h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(53mg,收率43%)。Compound 19 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (130 mg, 0.25 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous toluene (15 mL) Add Burgess reagent (Burgess reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate, CAS: 29684-56-8) (91mg, 0.38mmol) for 8h at room temperature. the reaction was quenched with ammonium chloride solution, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8: 1 to give compound 18 (R 3 is tert- Methylsilyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (53 mg, yield 43%).
实施例17化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 17 of Example 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000112
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000112
化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.22g,2.43mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)中,依次加入锌粉(6.35g,97.10mmol)与冰乙酸 (5.55mL,97.10mmol),室温反应18h。过滤除去过量锌粉,滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.00g,收率87%)。[α]D 20=+11.96°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ4.50(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),4.35(m,2H),4.07(m,2H),3.94(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),3.65(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),3.40(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),2.93(t,J=8.8Hz,1H),1.68(s,3H),1.45(s,9H),1.40(s,3H),1.33(s,3H),0.91(s,9H),0.12(s,3H),0.09(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ156.41,152.60,109.05,97.39,81.21,79.49,78.24,77.93,66.21,51.39,28.36,26.67,25.92,25.50,19.25,18.36,-4.55,-4.74;ESI-MS(m/z):473([M+H]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C23H45N2O6Si([M+H]+):473.3056,实验值:473.30414。Compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.22 g, 2.43 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) Zinc powder (6.35 g, 97.10 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (5.55 mL, 97.10 mmol) were sequentially added and reacted at room temperature for 18 h. Excess zinc powder was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently The group, R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (1.00 g, yield 87%). [α] D 20 =+11.96° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 4.50 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.07 ( m, 2H), 3.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.12 (s, 3H), 0.09 (s, 3H) 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 156.41, 152.60, 109.05, 97.39, 81.21, 79.49, 78.24, 77.93, 66.21, 51.39, 28.36, 26.67, 25.92, 25.50, 19.25, 18.36, -4.55, -4.74; - MS (m/z): 473 ([M+H] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 23 H 45 N 2 O 6 Si ([M+H] + ): 473.3056, Experimental value: 473.30414.
化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.22g,2.43mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)中,依次加入锌粉(159.8mg,2.43mmol)与冰乙酸(148uL,2.43mmol),室温反应24h。过滤除去过量锌粉,滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.52g,收率45%)。Compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.22 g, 2.43 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) Zinc powder (159.8 mg, 2.43 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (148 uL, 2.43 mmol) were sequentially added and reacted at room temperature for 24 h. Excess zinc powder was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 are each independently The group, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.52 g, yield 45%).
化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.22g,2.43mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)中,依次加入铁粉(117.2mg,2.09mmol)与冰乙酸(148uL,2.43mmol),室温反应24h。过滤除去过量铁粉,滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.64g,收率55%)。Compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.22 g, 2.43 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) Iron powder (117.2 mg, 2.09 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (148 uL, 2.43 mmol) were sequentially added and reacted at room temperature for 24 h. Excess iron powder was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain compound 17 (R 3 was tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 were each independently The group, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.64 g, yield 55%).
化合物18(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.22g,2.43mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)中,依次加入铝粉(27.2mg,1.01mmol)与冰乙酸(148uL,2.43mmol),室温反应24h。过滤除去过量铁粉,滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.64g,收率55%)。Compound 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.22 g, 2.43 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) Among them, aluminum powder (27.2 mg, 1.01 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (148 uL, 2.43 mmol) were successively added and reacted at room temperature for 24 h. Excess iron powder was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain compound 17 (R 3 was tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and R 2 and R 5 were each independently The group, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.64 g, yield 55%).
实施例18化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 16 of Example 18 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000113
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000113
化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.24g,2.62mmol)溶于吡啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.20g,收率89%).[α]D 20=+4.4°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ6.06(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),5.35(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),4.47(d,J=1.6Hz,1H),4.04~4.21(m,3H),3.91~3.99(m,3H),3.72(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),1.96(s,3H),1.73(s,3H),1.42(s,12H),1.36(s,3H),0.90(s,9H),0.10(s,3H),0.09(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ170.45,156.24,152.34,108.85,96.62,79.76,79.42,78.03,75.16,65.86,49.43,49.14,28.34,26.69,25.97,25.80,23.38,19.43,18.30,-4.479;ESI-MS(m/z):537([M+Na]+),553([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C25H46N2NaO7Si([M+Na]+):537.2976,实验值:537.29665.Compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.24 g, 2.62 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (120 mL) Acetic anhydride (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C for 12 h. After completion of solvent chromatography, petroleum column / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 Is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.20 g, yield 89%). [α] D 20 = +4.4 ° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 6.06 (d, J) = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.04 to 4.21 (m, 3H), 3.91 to 3.99 (m, 3H), 3.72 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.73 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 12H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 3H), 0.09 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 170.45, 156.24, 152.34, 108.85, 96.62, 79.76, 79.42, 78.03, 75.16, 65.86, 49.43, 49.14, 28.34, 26.69, 25.97, 25.80 , 23.38, 19.43, 18.30, - 4.479; ESI-MS (m/z): 537 ([M+Na] + ), 553 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated :C 25 H 46 N 2 NaO 7 Si([M+Na] + ): 537.2976, calc.: 537.29665.
化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.24g,2.62mmol)溶于吡啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),25℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.43g,收率32%).Compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.24 g, 2.62 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (120 mL) Acetic anhydride (5 mL) was added and reacted at 25 ° C for 12 h. After completion of solvent chromatography, petroleum column / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 Is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.43 g, yield 32%).
化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.24g,2.62mmol)溶于哌啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.74g,收率74%).Compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.24 g, 2.62 mmol) dissolved in piperidine (120 mL) Acetic anhydride (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C for 12 h. After completion of solvent chromatography, petroleum column / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 Is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.74 g, yield 74%).
化合物17(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.24g,2.62mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(120mL)中,加入三乙胺(1.82mL,13.10mmol)和乙酰氯(0.28mL,3.92mmol),升温至25℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(0.84g,收率64%).Compound 17 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.24 g, 2.62 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (120 mL) Triethylamine (1.82 mL, 13.10 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.28 mL, 3.92 mmol) were added and the mixture was warmed to 25 ° C for 12 h. After completion of solvent chromatography, petroleum column / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 Is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (0.84 g, yield 64%).
实施例19化合物15(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 15 of Example 19 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000114
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000114
化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.20g,2.33mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(100mL)中,加入四丁基氟化铵(1M/L)的四氢呋喃溶液(3.5mL),室温反应3h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物15(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(813mg,收率87%)。[α]D 20=+15.96°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CD3OD,400MHz):δ6.32(br,1H),5.08(br,1H),4.49(s,1H),4.00~4.21(m,3H),3.82(m,1H),3.75(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),3.68(m,1H),3.46(br,1H),1.94(s,3H),1.70(s,3H),1.38(s,12H),1.33(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CD3OD):δ173.43,158.06,153.18,110.18,98.10,80.23,79.41,77.76,72.20,67.41,50.64,28.84,26.77,26.00,22.92,19.80;ESI-MS(m/z):423([M+Na]+),439([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H32N2NaO7([M+Na]+):423.2106,实验值:423.21017.Compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.20 g, 2.33 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) A solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M/L) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was reacted at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 15 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is un Butoxycarbonyl) (813 mg, yield 87%). [α] D 20 =+15.96° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ 6.32 (br, 1H), 5.08 (br, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H) , 4.00 to 4.21 (m, 3H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.75 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.46 (br, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.70(s,3H), 1.38(s,12H), 1.33(s,3H); 13 CNMR(100MHz, CD 3 OD): δ173.43,158.06,153.18,110.18,98.10,80.23,79.41,77.76,72.20,67.41 , 50.64, 28.84, 26.77, 26.00, 22.92, 19.80; ESI-MS (m/z): 423 ([M+Na] + ), 439 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z) Calcd for C 19 H 32 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 423.2106, found: 423.21017.
化合物16(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.20g,2.33mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(100mL)中,加入氟化钾(1.35g,2.66mmol),室温反应12h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物15(R3为叔丁基二甲基硅基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(387mg,收率41%)。Compound 16 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.20 g, 2.33 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) Potassium fluoride (1.35 g, 2.66 mmol) was added and reacted at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 15 (R 3 is tert-butyldimethylsilyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is un Butoxycarbonyl) (387 mg, yield 41%).
实施例20化合物14(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Example 14 Compound 14 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000115
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000115
化合物15(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(400mg,1.00mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(60mL)与乙腈(6mL)中,加入
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000116
分子筛(200mg)与N-甲基吗啡啉氧化物(203mg,1.50mmol),搅拌3min,加入四正丙基过钌酸铵(TPAP)(35mg,0.10mmol),室温反应12h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,二氯甲烷萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物14(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(238mg,收率64%)。[α]D 20=-11.84°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ5.92(d,J=6.4Hz,1H),4.79(t,J=6.8Hz,1H),4.67(d,J=4.8Hz,1H),4.99(d,J=3.2Hz,1H),4.45(br,2H),4.28(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.28(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.08(dd,J=8.4,6.8Hz,1H),4.05(br,1H),1.94(s,3H),1.84(s,3H),1.49(s,3H),1.39(s,12H),1.38(s,3H); 13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ202.86,170.23,155.58,153.60,112.13,95.29,80.19,78.32,66.17,49.59,47.10,29.67,28.25,25.62,25.22,23.10,19.62;ESI-MS(m/z):399([M+H]+),421([M+Na]+),437([M+K]+)ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H30N2NaO7([M+Na]+):421.1962,实验值:421.19452.
Compound 15 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (400 mg, 1.00 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (60 mL) and acetonitrile (6 mL)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000116
Molecular sieves (200 mg) and N-methylmorpholine oxide (203 mg, 1.50 mmol) were stirred for 3 min, and tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate (TPAP) (35 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1: 1, to give compound 14 (R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (238 mg, 64% yield) . [α] D 20 = -11.84° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 5.92 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br, 2H), 4.28 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J=8.4, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (br, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.84 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.39(s,12H), 1.38(s,3H); 13 CNMR (100MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ202.86,170.23,155.58,153.60,112.13,95.29,80.19,78.32,66.17,49.59,47.10,29.67,28.25,25.62 , 25.22, 23.10, 19.62; ESI-MS (m/z): 399 ([M+H] + ), 421 ([M+Na] + ), 437 ([M+K] + ) ESI-HRMS (m /z): Calculated: C 19 H 30 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 421.1962, Experimental value: 421.19452.
化合物15(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(400mg,1.00mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(60mL),加入Dess-Martin氧化剂(CAS:87413-09-0,英文名称为1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one)(636mg,1.5mmol),室温搅拌3h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,二氯甲烷萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物14(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(130mg,收率35%)。Compound 15 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (400 mg, 1.00 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (60 mL), and Dess-Martin oxidant (CAS: 87413- 09-0, English name is 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1, 1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one) (636 mg, 1.5 mmol), stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1: 1, to give compound 14 (R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (130 mg of, 35% yield) .
实施例21化合物13(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 13 of Example 21 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000117
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000117
化合物14(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(160mg,0.40mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(30mL)中,加入二氧化硒(90mg,0.80mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于130℃反应4h。体系浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物13(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(74mg,收率45%)。[α]D 20=+32.93°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ9.24(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.10(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),5.82(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),4.79~4.94(m,3H),4.63(m,1H),4.43(br,1H),4.27(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.07(dd,J=8.4,6.4Hz,1H),1.96(s,3H),1.49(s,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.38(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ203.01,185.39,170.51,155.50,151.34,118.43,111.28,80.60,79.42,78.58,65.93,48.84,47.33,28.24,25.62,24.99,22.96;ESI-MS(m/z):413([M+H]+),435([M+Na]+),467([M+MeOH+Na]+),483([M+MeOH+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H28N2NaO8([M+Na]+):435.1738,实验值:435.1754.Compound 14 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (160 mg, 0.40 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL), added with selenium dioxide (90 mg, 0.80 mmol). Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 130 ° C for 4 h under argon protection. After concentration of the system, direct column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 gave compound 13 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (74 mg, yield 45%) ). [α] D 20 = +32.93° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 9.24 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.79 to 4.94 (m, 3H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.43 (br, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J=8.4, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.38 (s, 3H); 13 CNMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ) : δ203.01,185.39,170.51,155.50,151.34,118.43,111.28,80.60,79.42,78.58,65.93,48.84,47.33,28.24,25.62,24.99,22.96;ESI-MS(m/z):413 ([M+H ] + ), 435 ([M+Na] + ), 467 ([M+MeOH+Na] + ), 483 ([M+MeOH+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 28 N 2 NaO 8 ([M+Na] + ): 435.1738, found: 435.1754.
化合物14(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(160mg,0.40mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(30mL)中,加入二氧化硒(90mg,0.80mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于100℃反应4h。体系浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物13(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(102mg, 收率62%)。Compound 14 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (160 mg, 0.40 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL), added with selenium dioxide (90 mg, 0.80 mmol). Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 100 ° C for 4 h under argon protection. The system was concentrated and directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to obtain compound 13 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (102 mg, yield 62%) ).
实施例22化合物12(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 12 of Example 22 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000118
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000118
化合物13(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(74mg,0.18mmol)溶于叔丁醇(15mL)与水(5mL)中,依次加入2-甲基丁烯(0.3mL)与磷酸二氢钠(223mg,1.43mmol),最后加入亚氯酸钠(65mg,0.72mmol)。室温反应2h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物12(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(48mg,收率63%)。[α]D 20=+24.52°(c 1.0,Acetone);1H NMR(Acetone-d6,400MHz):δ7.18(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),5.75(br,1H),4.78(dd,J=7.6,6.8Hz,1H),4.76(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),4.35(q,J=7.2Hz,1H),4.23(m,1H),4.18(t,J=8.4Hz,1H),3.99(dd,J=8.4,6.4Hz,1H),1.76(s,3H),1.29(s,12H),1.22(s,3H);13CNMR(Acetone-d6,100MHz):δ201.72,169.06,161.70,154.92,143.77,110.01,109.05,79.30,78.27,77.56,65.27,47.75,46.80,27.13,24.60,24.29,21.52;ESI-MS(m/z):427([M-H]-).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H28N2NaO9([M+Na]+):451.1687,实验值:451.1670.Compound 13 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (74 mg, 0.18 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (15 mL) and water (5 mL). Butene (0.3 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (223 mg, 1.43 mmol) were added, followed by sodium chlorite (65 mg, 0.72 mmol). The reaction was carried out for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1: 1, to give compound 12 (R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (48mg, 63% yield) . [α] D 20 = +24.52° (c 1.0, Acetone); 1 H NMR (Acetone-d 6 , 400 MHz): δ 7.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (br, 1H), 4.78 (dd, J = 7.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 12H), 1.22 (s, 3H); 13 CNMR (Acetone-d 6 , 100 MHz ): δ201.72,169.06,161.70,154.92,143.77,110.01,109.05,79.30,78.27,77.56,65.27,47.75,46.80,27.13,24.60,24.29,21.52;ESI-MS(m/z):427 ([MH] -) .ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 19 H 28 N 2 NaO 9 ([m + Na] +): 451.1687, Found: 451.1670.
实施例23化合物3(R1为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 3 of Example 23 (R 1 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000119
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000119
化合物12(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(12mg,0.028mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(5mL)中,加入硼氢化锌的四氢呋喃(0.5M)溶液(100uL),室温反应4h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物3(R1为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(9mg,75%)。 Compound 12 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (12 mg, 0.028 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and a solution of zinc borohydride in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 M) is added. (100 uL), reacted at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1: 1, to give compound 3 (R 1 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (9 mg of, 75%).
化合物12(R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(12mg,0.028mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(5mL)中,放置于-78℃冷浴中,慢慢滴加入配置好的氢化锂铝(0.21mmol)的四氢呋喃溶液中,继续在该温度下反应1h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析(二氯甲烷/甲醇/水=100:20:1),得化合物3(R1为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(9.6mg,收率80%)。Compound 12 (R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (12 mg, 0.028 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and placed in a cold bath at -78 ° C, slowly The solution of lithium aluminum hydride (0.21 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise and the reaction was continued at this temperature for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate is concentrated and subjected to column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol / water = 100: 20:1) to give compound 3 (R 1 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl (9.6 mg, yield 80%).
[α]D 20=+22.56°(c 0.03,CHCl3);1H NMR(CD3OD,400MHz):δ5.58(s,1H),4.32(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),4.24(m,1H),4.01~4.05(m,2H),3.86~3.94(m,2H),3.44(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),1.87(s,3H),1.33(s,9H),1.26(s,3H),1.22(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,CD3OD):δ174.14,169.50,157.74,148.50,110.52,106.26,81.15,75.72,74.18,69.17,66.64,49.11,48.32,27.56,25.88,24.20,22.03;ESI-MS(m/z):429([M-H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H30N2NaO9([M+Na]+):453.1844,实验值:453.1843.[α] D 20 = +22.56° (c 0.03, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz): δ 5.58 (s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.01 to 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.86 to 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.26(s,3H), 1.22(s,3H); 13 CNMR(100MHz, CD 3 OD): δ174.14,169.50,157.74,148.50,110.52,106.26,81.15,75.72,74.18,69.17,66.64,49.11,48.32, 27.56, 25.88, 24.20, 22.03; ESI-MS (m/z): 429 ([MH] + ). ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 30 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na ] + ): 453.1844, experimental value: 453.1843.
不同还原剂条件下化合物3的合成Synthesis of Compound 3 under Different Reductant Conditions
重复实施例23,不同点在于,使用下列还原剂替代硼氢化锌,实验结果如下表8所示:Example 23 was repeated except that the following reducing agent was used in place of the zinc borohydride, and the experimental results are shown in Table 8 below:
表8不同还原剂条件下化合物3的合成Table 8 Synthesis of Compound 3 under Different Reductant Conditions
还原剂reducing agent NaBH4 NaBH 4 KBH4 KBH 4 LiBH4 LiBH 4 Mg(BH4)2 Mg(BH 4 ) 2
时间time 4h4h 4h4h 4h4h 4h4h
产率(%)Yield(%) 5252 4545 3232 6363
实施例24化合物2(R为氢)的合成Synthesis of Compound 2 of Example 24 (R is hydrogen)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000120
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000120
化合物3(R1为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(9mg,0.007mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(1.5mL)中,加入三氟乙酸(0.1mL),室温反应8h。加入水(10uL),室温反应1h。体系浓缩后得化合物2(R为氢)的三氟乙酸盐(10mg,收率90%)。[α]D 20=+20.13°(c0.01,DMSO)。加入氢氧化钠的重水溶液调pH为弱碱性,得到化合物2(R为氢)。1H NMR(D2O,400MHz):δ5.71(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),4.38(m,2H),4.20(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),3.99(ddd,J=9.6,6.0,2.4Hz,1H),3.93(dd,J=12.0,2.4Hz,1H),3.71(d,J=9.6Hz,1H),3.69(dd,J=11.6, 6.0Hz,1H),2.12(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,D2O):δ174.9,168.8,150.2,101.8,75.2,69.8,68.0,62.2,50.1,46.8,22.2;ESI-MS(m/z):291([M+H]+),313([M+Na]+),329([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C11H18N2NaO7([M+Na]+):313.1006,实验值:313.1012.Compound 3 (R 1 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (9 mg, 0.007 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (1.5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid is added. 0.1 mL), reacted at room temperature for 8 h. Water (10 uL) was added and reacted at room temperature for 1 h. The system was concentrated to give the trifluoroacetic acid salt of Compound 2 (R is hydrogen) (10 mg, yield 90%). [α] D 20 = +20.13° (c0.01, DMSO). A heavy aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide was added to adjust the pH to be weakly basic to obtain Compound 2 (R is hydrogen). 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 400 MHz): δ 5.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.20 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (ddd, J = 9.6, 6.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (dd, J = 11.6, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.12(s,3H); 13 CNMR (100MHz, D 2 O): δ174.9,168.8,150.2,101.8,75.2,69.8,68.0,62.2,50.1,46.8,22.2; ESI-MS(m/z):291 [M+H] + ), 313 ([M+Na] + ), 329 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 11 H 18 N 2 NaO 7 ([ M+Na] + ): 313.1006, experimental value: 313.1012.
实施例25 Zanamivir的合成Example 25 Synthesis of Zanamivir
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000121
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000121
化合物2(R为氢)(19mg,0.056mmol)溶于水(1.5mL)中,每隔0.5h依次加入碳酸钾(4.5mg,0.056mmol)与三氧化硫脲(4.1mg,0.056mmol),一共加入12次。室温反应36h。浓缩并过滤后将滤液用HPLC分离,得产物(10mg,收率50%)。1H NMR(D2O,500MHz):δ5.65(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.47(dd,J=9.5,2.5Hz,1H),4.40(dd,J=10,1.5Hz,1H),4.25(t,J=10.0Hz,1H),3.97(ddd,J=9.5,6.5,3.0Hz,1H),3.91(dd,J=11.5,2.5Hz,1H),3.70(dd,J=9.0Hz,1H),3.67(dd,J=12.0,6.5Hz,1H),2.06(s,3H);ESI-MS(m/z):333.3([M+H]+).计算值:C12H21N4NaO7([M+Na]+):333.14048,实验值:333.14077.Compound 2 (R is hydrogen) (19 mg, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in water (1.5 mL), and then potassium carbonate (4.5 mg, 0.056 mmol) and thiourea trioxide (4.1 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added sequentially at 0.5 h. A total of 12 times. The reaction was carried out for 36 h at room temperature. After concentration and filtration, the filtrate was separated by HPLC to yield (10 mg, yield 50%). 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 500 MHz): δ 5.65 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (dd, J = 9.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J = 10, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (ddd, J = 9.5, 6.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dd, J = 11.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J = 12.0, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H); ESI-MS (m/z): 333.3 ([M+H] + ). C 12 H 21 N 4 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 333.14048, Experimental value: 333.14077.
实施例26化合物8(R1为甲基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 8 of Example 26 (R 1 is methyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000122
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000122
化合物9(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基)(7.00g,40.19mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(20mL)中备用。称取化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(49.20g,199.79mmol),溴化铜(2.68g,12.00mmol),碳酸铯(5.86g,12.00mmol),催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000123
(5.13g,12.00mmol)置于蛋型瓶中,加入无水四氢呋喃(500mL)室温搅拌4h产生少量白色固体后,0℃下加入化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)四氢呋喃溶液,0℃下继续反应36小时,饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应后乙酸乙酯萃取,旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石 油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物8(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(14.12g,78%),回收催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000124
(4.10g,80%)与化合物10(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(41.50g,收率84%)。1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ4.55~4.80(m,4H),3.94~4.18(m,4H),3.41~3.55(m,3H),3.37(br,1H),2.65~2.80(m,1H),2.17~2.24(m,1H),1.48(m,3H),1.35~1.46(m,12H),1.33(m,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ155.04,108.16,96.03,86.00,80.23,78.29,77.09,70.70,65.14,61.75,48.17,40.33,28.53,28.07,26.36,25.20;ESI-MS(m/z):443.4([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C18H32N2NaO9([M+Na]+):443.2000,实验值:443.19987.
Compound 9 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl) (7.00 g, 40.19 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). Compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (49.20 g, 199.79 mmol), copper bromide (2.68 g, 12.00 mmol), cesium carbonate (5.86 g, 12.00 mmol), catalyst ligand
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000123
(5.13g, 12.00mmol) was placed in an egg-shaped flask, added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (500mL) and stirred at room temperature for 4h to give a small amount of white solid, then added to the compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) tetrahydrofuran solution at 0 ° C, 0 ° C The reaction was continued for 36 hours. After quenching with saturated ammonium chloride solution, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After solvent was applied, the solvent was applied to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to obtain compound 8 (R 1 is methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (14.12 g, 78%), and the catalyst ligand is recovered.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000124
(4.10 g, 80%) and Compound 10 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (41.50 g, yield 84%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 4.55 to 4.80 (m, 4H), 3.94 to 4.18 (m, 4H), 3.41 to 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.37 (br, 1H), 2.65 to 2.80 (m) , 1H), 2.17 to 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.48 (m, 3H), 1.35 to 1.46 (m, 12H), 1.33 (m, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 155.04, 108.16, 96.03, 86.00, 80.23, 78.29, 77.09, 70.70, 65.14, 61.75, 48.17, 40.33, 28.53, 28.07, 26.36, 25.20; ESI-MS (m/z): 443.4 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated for C 18 H 32 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na] + ): 443.2000, Experimental value: 443.19987.
化合物8的合成中催化剂种类筛选见表9,催化剂当量筛选见表10;化合物10的当量筛选见表11。The catalyst type screening in the synthesis of compound 8 is shown in Table 9, the catalyst equivalent screening is shown in Table 10; and the equivalent screening of compound 10 is shown in Table 11.
表9化合物8合成催化剂种类的筛选Table 9 Screening of Catalysts for Compound 8 Synthesis
实验编号Experiment number 催化剂b Catalyst b 9的当量9 equivalent 10的当量10 equivalent 配体当量Ligand equivalent 碱的当量Alkali equivalent 产率(%)Yield(%)
11 乙酸铜Copper acetate 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 4545
22 氯化亚铜Cuprous chloride 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 1212
33 氯化铜Copper chloride 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 5454
44 溴化亚铜Cuprous bromide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 21twenty one
55 溴化铜Copper bromide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 7474
66 碘化亚铜Cuprous iodide 11 55 0.20.2 0.30.3 1515
(催化剂的摩尔量百分比为20%)(The molar percentage of the catalyst is 20%)
表10化合物8合成催化剂当量的筛选Table 10 Screening of Catalyst Equivalents for Compound 8 Synthesis
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000125
表11化合物8合成中化合物10的当量的筛选Table 11 Screening of Equivalents of Compound 10 in Compound 8 Synthesis
实验编号Experiment number 10的当量10 equivalent 9的当量9 equivalent 配体当量Ligand equivalent 溴化铜当Copper bromide 碱的当量Alkali equivalent 产率(%)Yield(%)
        the amount    
11 1.051.05 11 0.20.2 0.20.2 0.30.3 1616
22 22 11 0.20.2 0.20.2 0.30.3 6363
33 55 11 0.20.2 0.20.2 0.30.3 7474
实施例27化合物7(R1为甲基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 7 of Example 27 (R 1 is methyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000126
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000126
化合物8(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(11.57g,27.53mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(1.5L)中,0℃下依次加入吡啶(110.82mL,1376.50mmol)与氯化亚砜(10mL,137.65mmol),0℃下反应2h,加入15mL水淬灭反应,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(8.36g,收率76%)(d:r=8:1)。[α]D 20=+31.20°(c 0.2,CHCl3);1H NMR(Pyridine-d5,400MHz):δ8.52(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),5.45(dd,J=9.6,8.0Hz,1H),5.31(t,J=9.6,1H),4.75(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),4.70(s,1H),4.48(m,1H),4.20(dd,J=6.4,2.4Hz,1H),3.74(d,J=3.6,1H),3.50(s,3H),1.69(s,3H),1.50(s,9H),1.48(s,3H),1.41(s,3H);13CNMR(100MHz,Pyridine-d5):δ156.85,153.24,109.04,98.89,85.74,79.66,79.08,77.23,77.16,66.43,61.79,51.00,28.83,27.18,25.80,19.27;ESI-MS(m/z):425.5([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C18H30N2NaO8([M+Na]+):425.1894,实验值:425.1900.Compound 8 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (11.57 g, 27.53 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.5 L), 0 Pyridine (110.82 mL, 1376.50 mmol) and chlorosulfoxide (10 mL, 137.65 mmol) were successively added, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 2 h. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8:1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (8.36 g, yield 76%) (d: r = 8:1). [α] D 20 = +31.20° (c 0.2, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (Pyridine-d 5 , 400 MHz): δ 8.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (dd, J = 9.6 , 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (t, J = 9.6, 1H), 4.75 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J = 6.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, J = 3.6, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s) , 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, Pyridine-d 5 ): δ 156.85, 153.24, 109.04, 98.89, 85.74, 79.66, 79.08, 77.23, 77.16, 66.43, 61.79, 51.00, 28.83, 27.18, 25.80, 19.27; ESI-MS (m/z): 425.5 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 18 H 30 N 2 NaO 8 ([M+Na]+): 425.1894, 425.1900.
化合物8(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.24mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(15mL)中,依次加入三乙胺(100μL,0.72mmol)、DMAP(7mg,0.04mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(53μL,0.24mmol),室温反应8h,补加三乙胺(66μL,0.48mmol)、DMAP(4mg,0.03mmol)与甲烷磺酰氯(31μL,0.14mmol),继续反应4h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(44mg,收率46%)。Compound 8 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), followed by the addition of triethylamine (100μL, 0.72mmol), DMAP (7mg, 0.04mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (53μL, 0.24mmol), reacted for 8h at room temperature, add triethylamine (66μL, 0.48mmol), DMAP (4mg, 0.03mmol) and methane Sulfonyl chloride (31 μL, 0.14 mmol) was continued for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8:1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (44 mg) , yield 46%).
化合物8(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.24 mmol)溶于无水甲苯(15mL)中,加入Burgess试剂(Burgess试剂是指methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate,即N-(三乙基铵磺酰)氨基甲酸甲酯,CAS:29684-56-8)(86mg,0.36mmol)室温反应8h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=8:1,得化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(41mg,收率43%)。Compound 8 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous toluene (15 mL), and Burgess reagent (Burgess) Reagent means methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonylcarbamate, methyl N-(triethylammoniumsulfonyl)carbamate, CAS: 29684-56-8) (86 mg, 0.36 mmol) for 8 h at room temperature. Quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution. the reaction extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 8: 1 to give compound 7 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently It is a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (41 mg, yield 43%).
实施例28化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 28 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000127
化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(8.36g,20.773mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(1L)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入锌粉(135.80g,2077.30mmol)与冰乙酸(118.80mL,2077.30mmol),室温反应18h。过滤除去过量锌粉,滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5.91g,收率76%)。[α]D 20=+29.63°(c 2.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CDCl3,400MHz):δ4.47(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),4.31(s,1H),4.21~4.26(m,2H),3.95~4.05(m,4H),3.70(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),2.81(t,J=9.6Hz,1H),1.67(s,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.41(s,3H),1.33(s,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ156.53,153.15,108.15,97.72,80.17,79.64,77.87,77.23,65.70,61.42,52.75,51.44,28.37,26.52,25.29,19.24;ESI-MS(m/z):373.3([M+H]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C18H33N2O6([M+H]+):373.2335,实验值:373.2333.Compound 7 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (8.36 g, 20.773 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 L), cooled to 0 ° C Then, zinc powder (135.80 g, 2077.30 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (118.80 mL, 2077.30 mmol) were added in this order, and the mixture was reacted at room temperature for 18 h. Excess zinc powder was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2:1 to give compound 6 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is uncle Butoxycarbonyl) (5.91 g, yield 76%). [α] D 20 = +29.63° (c 2.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz): δ 4.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.21. 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.95 to 4.05 (m, 4H), 3.70 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s) , 9H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 156.53, 153.15, 108.15, 97.72, 80.17, 79.64, 77.87, 77.23, 65.70, 61.42, 52.75, 51.44, 28.37, 26.52, 25.29, 19.24; ESI-MS (m/z): 373.3 ([M+H] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 18 H 33 N 2 O 6 ( [M+H]+): 373.2335, experimental value: 373.2333.
化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.48mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(110mL)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入铁粉(13.88g,247.71mmol)与冰乙酸(14.2mL,248mmol),继续该温度下反应过夜。过滤除去过量铁粉,滤液中加入过量的氨水,用乙酸乙酯萃取后,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(622mg,收率65%)。Compound 7 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (1 g, 2.48 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (110 mL), cooled to 0 ° C Iron powder (13.88 g, 247.71 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (14.2 mL, 248 mmol) were added in that order, and the reaction was continued at this temperature overnight. Excess iron powder was removed by filtration, the filtrate was added excess of aqueous ammonia, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2: 1 to give compound 6 (R 1 is Methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (622 mg, yield 65%).
化合物7(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.48mmol)溶于乙酸乙酯(110mL)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入铝粉(6.70g,248mmol)与冰乙酸(14.2mL,248mmol),继续该温度下反应过夜。过滤除去过量铝粉,滤液中加入过量的氨水, 用乙酸乙酯萃取后,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=2:1,得化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(412mg,收率43%)。Compound 7 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (1 g, 2.48 mmol) dissolved in ethyl acetate (110 mL), cooled to 0 ° C Aluminum powder (6.70 g, 248 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (14.2 mL, 248 mmol) were successively added, and the reaction was continued at this temperature overnight. Excess aluminum was removed by filtration, the filtrate was added excess of aqueous ammonia, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated by column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2: 1 to give compound 6 (R 1 is Methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (412 mg, yield 43%).
实施例29化合物5(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 29 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000128
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000128
化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5.91g,15.87mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(1L)中,冷却至0℃后依次加入三乙胺(8.82mL,62.83mmol)与乙酰氯(1.11mL,15.87mmol),0℃反应2h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5.81g,收率88%)。[α]D 20=-1.43°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(CD3CN,400MHz):δ6.55(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),5.32(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.42(s,J=1.6Hz,1H),4.20(m,2H),4.02~4.07(m,2H),3.93~3.99(m,2H),3.61(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),3.43(s,3H),1.90(s,3H),1.70(s,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.40(s,3H),1.32(s,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CD3CN):δ171.06,156.88,152.75,108.71,98.75,79.34,78.91,77.98,77.91,66.29,61.63,51.17,49.33,28.56,26.77,25.51,23.39,19.24;ESI-MS(m/z):437.4([M+Na]+),453.5([M+K]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C20H34N2NaO7([M+Na]+):437.2269,实验值:437.2264.Compound 6 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (5.91 g, 15.87 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (1 L), cooled to 0 ° C Then triethylamine (8.82 mL, 62.83 mmol) was added sequentially with acetyl chloride (1.11 mL, 15.87 mmol) and reacted at 0 ° C for 2 h. After completion of the solvent, the column chromatography was carried out, and petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4:1 to give compound 5 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (5.81 g, yield 88%). [α] D 20 =-1.43° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (CD 3 CN, 400 MHz): δ 6.55 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J = 8.4 Hz) , 1H), 4.42 (s, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.02 to 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.93 to 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.61 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz , CD 3 CN): δ171.06, 156.88, 152.75, 108.71, 98.75, 79.34, 78.91, 77.98, 77.91, 66.29, 61.63, 51.17, 49.33, 28.56, 26.77, 25.51, 23.39, 19.24; ESI-MS (m/z) : 437.4 ([M+Na] + ), 453.5 ([M+K] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 20 H 34 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 437.2269, experimental value: 437.2264.
化合物6(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.67mmol)溶于吡啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(0.88g,收率74%)。Compound 6 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (1 g, 2.67 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (120 mL), and acetic anhydride (5 mL) is added. The temperature was raised to 60 ° C for 12 h. After completion of the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromatography eluting elut elut
化合物6(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1g,2.67mmol)溶于哌啶(120mL)中,加入乙酸酐(5mL),升温至60℃反应12h。旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得化合物5(1.02g,收率86%)。Compound 6 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1 g, 2.67 mmol) is dissolved in piperidine (120 mL), and acetic anhydride is added ( 5 mL), the temperature was raised to 60 ° C for 12 h. After completion of the solvent, the residue was purified by EtOAcjjjjjjj
实施例30化合物4(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 4 of Example 30 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000129
化合物5(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5.81g,14.02mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(1L)中,加入二氧化硒(3.11g,28.04mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于75℃反应2h。体系浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物4(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(3.12g,收率52%)。[α]D 20=+48.01°(c 1.0,CHCl3);1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3):δ9.15(s,1H),6.09(d,J=9.6Hz,1H),5.68(d,J=2.0Hz,1H),5.15(d,J=9.2Hz,1H),4.56(td,J=9.6,2.0Hz,1H),4.27~4.37(m,2H),4.19(dd,J=8.8,6.0Hz,1H),4.13(d,J=10.4Hz,1H),4.02(dd,J=8.8,6.0Hz,1H),3.60(d,J=4.4Hz,1H),3.49(s,3H),2.01(s,3H),1.43(m,12H),1.34(s,3H);13C NMR(100MHz,CDCl3):δ185.16,170.66,156.34,151.89,118.76,108.43,80.28,78.12,78.04,65.93,61.47,50.13,48.02,28.32,26.56,25.26,23.31;ESI-MS(m/z):451.4([M+Na]+),467.4([M+K]+),483.3([M+MeOH+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C20H32N2NaO8([M+Na]+):451.2051,实验值:451.20509.Compound 5 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (5.81 g, 14.02 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 L) Selenium dioxide (3.11 g, 28.04 mmol) was added. Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 75 ° C for 2 h under argon protection. The system is concentrated and directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to give compound 4 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) 3.12 g, yield 52%). [α] D 20 = +48.01° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 ); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 6.09 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.68 ( d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (td, J = 9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27 to 4.37 (m, 2H), 4.19 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (s) , 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.43 (m, 12H), 1.34 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 185.16, 170.66, 156.34, 151.89, 118.76, 108.43, 80.28, 78.12 , 78.04, 65.93, 61.47, 50.13, 48.02, 28.32, 26.56, 25.26, 23.31; ESI-MS (m/z): 451.4 ([M+Na] + ), 467.4 ([M+K] + ), 483.3 ( [m + MeOH + Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 20 H 32 N 2 NaO 8 ([m + Na] +): 451.2051, Found: 451.20509.
化合物5(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5.81g,14.02mmol)溶于无水1,4-二氧六环(1L)中,加入二氧化硒(3.11g,28.04mmol)。向溶液中通入氩气5min以除去溶液中的氧气,氩气保护下于100℃反应2h。体系浓缩后直接柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物4(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.32g,收率22%)。Compound 5 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (5.81 g, 14.02 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 L) Selenium dioxide (3.11 g, 28.04 mmol) was added. Argon gas was bubbled through the solution for 5 min to remove oxygen from the solution, and reacted at 100 ° C for 2 h under argon protection. The system is concentrated and directly subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to give compound 4 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) 1.32 g, yield 22%).
实施例31化合物3(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 3 of Example 31 (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000130
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000130
化合物4(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(2.33g,5.44mmol)溶于叔丁醇(180mL)与水(60mL)中,依次加入2-甲基丁烯(20mL)与磷酸二氢钠(5.25g,43.76mmol),最后加入亚氯酸钠(1.98g,21.89mmol)。室温反应2h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=1:1,得化合物3(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(2.13g,收率95%)。[α]D 20=+42.60°(c 0.25,DMSO);1H NMR(CD3OD,500MHz):δ 5.57(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.35~4.45(m,2H),4.23(dd,J=9.0,6.0Hz,1H),4.16(d,J=9.5Hz,1H),4.06(t,J=9.5Hz,1H),4.04(dd,J=9.0,7.5Hz,1H),3.67(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),3.49(s,3H),1.98(s,3H),1.44(s,9H),1.41(s,3H),1.34(s,3H);13C NMR(125MHz,DMSO-d6):δ169.57,163.57,156.11,145.00,111.10,107.72,78.31,77.93,77.65,77.48,65.35,61.26,49.46,47.50,28.63,26.81,25.80,23.29.ESI-MS(m/z):443.7([M-H]-).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C20H32N2NaO9([M+Na]+):467.2000,实验值:467.2004.Compound 4 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (2.33 g, 5.44 mmol) dissolved in tert-butanol (180 mL) and water (60 mL) 2-Methylbutene (20 mL) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (5.25 g, 43.76 mmol) were sequentially added, and finally sodium chlorite (1.98 g, 21.89 mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aq. The filtrate was concentrated and subjected to column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 1:1 to give compound 3 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (2.13) g, yield 95%). [α] D 20 = +42.60° (c 0.25, DMSO); 1 H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz): δ 5.57 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 to 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.23 (dd, J=9.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J=9.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H) , 3.67 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ 169.57, 163.57, 156.11, 145.00, 111.10, 107.72, 78.31, 77.93, 77.65, 77.48, 65.35, 61.26, 49.46, 47.50, 28.63, 26.81, 25.80, 23.29. ESI-MS ( m/z): 443.7 ([MH] - ). ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 20 H 32 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na] + ): 467.2000, Experimental value: 467.2004.
实施例32化合物2(R为甲基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 2 of Example 32 (R is a methyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000131
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000131
化合物3(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(100mg,0.225mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(20mL)中,加入三氟乙酸(2mL),室温反应2h。加入水(0.1mL),室温反应1h。体系浓缩后得化合物2(R为甲基)的三氟乙酸盐(129mg,收率100%)。[α]D 20=+0.33°(c 1.3,MeOH);1H NMR(D2O,500MHz):δ5.85(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.35(d,J=11.0Hz,1H),4.26(dd,J=10.5,9.5Hz,1H),4.10(dd,J=9.5,2.5Hz,1H),3.88(ddd,J=9.0,5.5,3.0Hz,1H),3.76(dd,J=12.0,3.0Hz,1H),3.57(dd,J=12.0,5.5Hz,1H),3.46(dd,J=9.0,1Hz,1H),3.30(s,1H),1.98(s,3H);13C NMR(125MHz,D2O):δ174.55,164.72,146.71,104.12,77.23,75.73,69.52,62.27,60.32,50.44,45.43,22.13;ESI-MS(m/z):305.2([M+H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C12H21N2O7([M+H]+):305.1343,实验值:305.1342.Compound 3 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (100 mg, 0.225 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid is added. 2 mL), reacted at room temperature for 2 h. Water (0.1 mL) was added and the mixture was reacted at room temperature for 1 h. The system was concentrated to give the trifluoroacetic acid salt of Compound 2 (R is methyl) (129 mg, yield 100%). [α] D 20 = +0.33° (c 1.3, MeOH); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 500 MHz): δ 5.85 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J = 10.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J = 9.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (ddd, J = 9.0, 5.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (dd , J = 12.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J = 12.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 9.0, 1 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (s, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H) 13 C NMR (125 MHz, D 2 O): δ 174.55, 164.72, 144.61, 104.12, 77.23, 75.73, 69.52, 62.27, 60.32, 50.44, 45.43, 22.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 305.2 ([M + H] +) .ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 12 H 21 N 2 O 7 ([m + H] +): 305.1343, Found: 305.1342.
实施例33化合物26(R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Example 33 Synthesis of Compound 26 (R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000132
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000132
硝基化合物11(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(165.41g,879mmol)溶于氯仿(1500mL)中,依次加入Jacobsen催化剂(11.45g,29.31mmol),加入丙酮酸甲酯(26.9mL,293mmol)后,室温反应24h。反应体系用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液洗2次,饱和氯化钠溶液洗一次,旋完溶剂后 柱层析,石油醚/乙酸乙酯=4:1,得浅黄色固体26(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(63.25g,收率74%,81%ee)。产物使用四氢呋喃/正己烷=1:2重结晶得白色固体26(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(51g,收率81%,94%ee)The nitro compound 11 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (165.41 g, 879 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (1500 mL), then EtOAc (11.45 g, 29.31 mmol) was added sequentially, and methyl pyruvate (26.9 mL, 293 mmol) was added. After that, it was reacted at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction system was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution twice, once with saturated sodium chloride solution, the solvent was spin-finished column chromatography, petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 4: 1, to give a pale yellow solid 26 (R 4 is tert-butyl Oxycarbonyl) (63.25 g, yield 74%, 81% ee). The product was recrystallized from tetrahydrofuran / n-hexane = 1:2 to give a white solid 26 ( R 4 as tert-butoxycarbonyl) (51 g, yield 81%, 94% ee)
[α]D 20=-0.8480°(c 1.0,CHCl3)[α] D 20 =-0.8480° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 )
1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ5.15(s,1H),4.85~4.68(m,1H),4.68~4.52(m,2H),3.90(s,3H),3.40~3.20(m,2H),1.43(s,9H); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.15 (s, 1H), 4.85 to 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.68 to 4.52 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.40 to 3.20 (m, 2H) ), 1.43 (s, 9H);
13CNMR(126MHz,CDCl3):δ190.92,160.43,154.85,80.86,76.90,53.46,45.12,41.05,28.31(3C); 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 190.92, 160.43, 154.85, 80.86, 76.90, 53.46, 45.12, 41.05, 28.31 (3C);
ESI-MS(m/z):313.4([M+Na]+),345.3([M+MeOH+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C12H22N2NaO8([M+Na+MeOH]+):345.1268,实验值:345.1271.ESI-MS (m/z): 313.4 ([M+Na] + ), 345.3 ([M+MeOH+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 12 H 22 N 2 NaO 8 ([M+Na+MeOH] + ): 345.1268, found: 345.127.
制备化合物26在不同的催化剂催化下,反应条件优化如表1所示;制备化合物26在催化剂12(Cat.12)的催化下,不同的有机溶剂条件下,反应条件优化如表2所示;制备化合物26在催化剂12(Cat.12)的催化下,在不同的添加剂条件下,反应条件优化如表3所示;。Cat.1、Cat.2和Cat.3为可以购买到的商品。Cat.4可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2012,134,20197;报道的方法合成。Cat.5可以参考文献:Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.2012,51,8838;报道的方法合成。Cat.6可以参考文献:Chem.Commun.2012,48,5193;报道的方法合成。Cat.7可以参考文献:Org.Lett.2007,9,599;报道的方法合成。Cat.8可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2006,128,9624;报道的方法合成。Cat.9可以参考文献:Eur.J.Org.Chem.2010,1849;报道的方法合成。Cat.10可以参考文献:Tetrahedron.Lett.2010,51,209;报道的方法合成。Cat.11可以参考文献:Org.Lett.2010,12,1756;报道的方法合成。Cat.12可以参考文献:J.Am.Chem.Soc.2006,128,7170;报道的方法合成;Cat.13可以参考文献:Adv.Synth.Catal.2012,354,740;报道的方法合成。The preparation of compound 26 under different catalyst catalysis, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 1; the preparation of compound 26 under the catalysis of catalyst 12 (Cat. 12), under different organic solvent conditions, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 2; Preparation of compound 26 under the catalysis of Catalyst 12 (Cat. 12), under different additive conditions, the reaction conditions were optimized as shown in Table 3; Cat.1, Cat.2, and Cat.3 are commercially available items. Cat. 4 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134, 20197; Cat. 5 can be found in the literature: Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2012, 51, 8838; Cat. 6 can be found in the literature: Chem. Commun. 2012, 48, 5193; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 7 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 599; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 8 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9624; Cat. 9 can be found in the literature: Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2010, 1849; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 10 can be found in the literature: Tetrahedron. Lett. 2010, 51, 209; reported method synthesis. Cat. 11 can be found in the literature: Org. Lett. 2010, 12, 1756; reported methods of synthesis. Cat. 12 can be found in the literature: J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 7170; reported method synthesis; Cat. 13 can be found in the literature: Adv. Synth. Catal. 2012, 354, 740;
表1化合物26合成催化剂筛选Table 1 Synthesis of Compound 26 Catalysts
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000134
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000134
brsm(Based on Recovered Starting Materials)=根据回收的原料计算的产率Brosm (Based on Recovered Starting Materials) = calculated yield based on recovered raw materials
表2化合物26合成有机溶剂筛选(Cat.12)Table 2 Compound 26 synthetic organic solvent screening (Cat. 12)
实验编号Experiment number 添加剂additive 有机溶剂Organic solvents 温度temperature 时间time 收率(%)Yield (%) ee(%)Ee(%)
11 -- 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 7474 8181
22 -- 均三甲苯Mesitylene 室温Room temperature 2d2d 23twenty three 7878
33 -- 氯苯chlorobenzene 室温Room temperature 2d2d 5252 7676
44 -- 三氟甲苯Trifluorotoluene 室温Room temperature 2d2d 3939 6565
55 -- 苯甲醚Anisole 室温Room temperature 2d2d 5959 6868
66 -- 正己烷Hexane 室温Room temperature 2d2d 3434 7474
77 -- 乙醚Ether 室温Room temperature 2d2d 3131 7272
88 -- 二氯甲烷Dichloromethane 室温Room temperature 2d2d 6464 7070
99 -- 四氯化碳Carbon tetrachloride 室温Room temperature 2d2d 4747 7373
表3化合物26合成添加剂筛选(Cat.12)Table 3 Compound 26 synthetic additive screening (Cat. 12)
实验编号Experiment number 添加剂additive 有机溶剂Organic solvents 温度temperature 时间time 收率(%)Yield (%) ee(%)Ee(%)
11 乙酸Acetic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 5858 7575
22 对二苯甲酸Dibenzoic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 24twenty four 7373
33 对羟基苯甲酸Hydroxybenzoic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 5656 7979
44 对硝基苯甲酸P-nitrobenzoic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 4747 7979
55 (+)-樟脑磺酸(+)-camphorsulfonic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 6767 6464
66 对甲苯磺酸p-Toluenesulfonic acid 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 3434 6868
77 -- 氯仿Chloroform 室温Room temperature 2d2d 7474 8181
催化剂的结构如下所示:The structure of the catalyst is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000135
Jacobsen催化剂(Cat.12)的结构如下所示:The structure of the Jacobsen catalyst (Cat. 12) is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000136
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000136
实施例34化合物27(R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成 Synthesis of Compound 27 of Example 34 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000137
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000137
化合物26(5g,17.2mmol)溶于甲醇(200mL)中,加入NaBH4(260mg,6.87mmol),室温反应10min,加入饱和氯化铵淬灭,旋去甲醇,加水溶解,乙酸乙酯萃取两次,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋干柱层析得白色固体27(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(4.95g,收率98%)。Compound 26 (5g, 17.2mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200mL) was added NaBH 4 (260mg, 6.87mmol), stirred at rt for 10min, quenched with saturated ammonium chloride was added, methanol was removed by rotary evaporation, dissolved in water, extracted with ethyl acetate two times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and spin dry column chromatography to give a white solid 27 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (4.95 g, yield 98%).
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)(一对非对映异构体,比值为1:1)δ5.28(d,J=7.3Hz,1H)&5.03(d,J=6.7Hz,1H),4.73~4.51(m,4H),4.48~4.37(m,2H),4.31(dd,J=13.3,8.0Hz,2H),3.80(s,3H)&3.79(s,3H)3.09(br,2H),2.24~2.04(m,3H),1.91~1.78(m,1H),1.44(s,18H); 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (a pair of diastereomers, ratio 1:1) δ 5.28 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H) & 5.03 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H ), 4.73 to 4.51 (m, 4H), 4.48 to 4.37 (m, 2H), 4.31 (dd, J = 13.3, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H) & 3.79 (s, 3H) 3.09 ( Br, 2H), 2.24 to 2.04 (m, 3H), 1.91 to 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 18H);
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)(一对非对映异构体,比值为1:1)δ174.59&174.38,155.54&155.05,80.53&80.41,78.09,67.53,52.80&52.73,46.57&45.84,36.05&35.34,28.27(3C)&28.24(3C); 13 C NMR (126MHz, CDCl 3 ) ( diastereomer thereof a pair ratio of 1: 1) δ174.59 & 174.38,155.54 & 155.05,80.53 & 80.41,78.09,67.53,52.80 & 52.73,46.57 & 45 .84,36.05&35.34,28.27(3C)&28.24(3C);
ESI-MS(m/z):315.2([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C11H20N2NaO7([M+Na]+):315.1163,实验值:315.1166.ESI-MS (m/z): 315.2 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 11 H 20 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 315.1163, Experimental value: 315.1166.
化合物26(2.9g,17.2mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(100mL)中,加入ZnCl2(1.36g,10mmol),-78℃搅拌0.5h,加入三仲丁基硼氢化锂的四氢呋喃溶液(1.0mol/L,11mL),-78℃继续反应10min,加饱和NH4Cl溶液淬灭,升温至室温,加少量1mol/L的盐酸,加水稀释,乙酸乙酯萃取两次,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤浓缩,旋干柱层析得白色固体27(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(2.9g,收率99%,dr=1:2.7)。Compound 26 (2.9 g, 17.2 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL), ZnCl 2 (1.36 g, 10 mmol) was added, and stirred at -78 ° C for 0.5 h, and a solution of lithium tri-sec-butylborohydride in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mol/L) was added. , 11mL), the reaction was continued at -78 ° C for 10 min, quenched with saturated NH 4 Cl solution, warmed to room temperature, a small amount of 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, extracted twice with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated , spin dry column chromatography to give a white solid 27 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (2.9 g of, yield 99%, dr = 1: 2.7 ).
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ5.28(d,J=7.3Hz,1H)&5.03(d,J=6.7Hz,1H),4.73~4.51(m,4H),4.48~4.37(m,2H),4.31(dd,J=13.3,8.0Hz,2H),3.80(s,3H)&3.79(s,3H)3.09(br,2H),2.24~2.04(m,3H),1.91~1.78(m,1H),1.44(s,18H); 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.28 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H) & 5.03 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.73 to 4.51 (m, 4H), 4.48 to 4.37 (m) , 2H), 4.31 (dd, J = 13.3, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H) & 3.79 (s, 3H) 3.09 (br, 2H), 2.24 to 2.04 (m, 3H), 1.91 - 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 18H);
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)δ174.59&174.38,155.54&155.05,80.53&80.41,78.09,67.53,52.80&52.73,46.57&45.84,36.05&35.34,28.27&28.24; 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 174.59 & 174.38, 155.54 & 155.05, 80.53 & 80.41, 78.09, 67.53, 52.80&52.73, 46.57 & 45.84, 36.05 & 35.34, 28.27 &28.24;
ESI-MS(m/z):315.2([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C11H20N2NaO7([M+Na]+):315.1163,实验值:315.1166.ESI-MS (m/z): 315.2 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 11 H 20 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ): 315.1163, Experimental value: 315.1166.
实施例35化合物28(R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 28 of Example 35 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000138
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000138
化合物27(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.8g,6.16mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(40mL)中,加入4-二甲氨基吡啶(75mg,0.62mmol),加入乙酸酐(0.7mL,7.39mmol),加入三乙胺(2.6mL,18.18mmol),室温反应10min,旋干柱层析得无色油状液体28(2.02g,收率99%)。Compound 27 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (1.8 g, 6.16 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (75 mg, 0.62 mmol) was added, and acetic anhydride (0.7 mL, 7.39) was added. Methyl acetate (2.6 mL, 18.18 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min.
1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)(一对非对映异构体,比值为1:1)δ5.17(t,J=5.5Hz,1H),5.08(dd,J=10.7,2.7Hz,1H),5.06~4.96(m,2H),4.68(dd,J=13.1,5.1Hz,1H),4.61~4.50(m,3H),4.39~4.19(m,2H),3.76(s,3H)&3.74(s,3H)2.29(m,1H),2.15(s,3H)&2.14(s,3H),2.05(m,1H),1.42(s,9H)&1.41(s,9H); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (a pair of diastereomers, ratio 1:1) δ 5.17 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (dd, J = 10.7, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.06 to 4.96 (m, 2H), 4.68 (dd, J = 13.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.61 to 4.50 (m, 3H), 4.39 to 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H) & 3.74(s,3H)2.29(m,1H), 2.15(s,3H)&2.14(s,3H),2.05(m,1H),1.42(s,9H)&1.41(s,9H );
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)(一对非对映异构体,比值为1:1)δ170.26&170.15,170.10&169.71,154.96&154.74,80.78&80.68,78.29&77.59,69.17&68.66,52.84&52.78,46.26&45.69,33.22&32.84,28.36(3C)&28.30(3C),20.70&20.63; 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) (a pair of diastereomers, ratio 1:1) δ 170.26 & 170.15, 170.10&169.71, 154.96 & 154.74, 80.78 & 80.68, 78.29 & 77.59, 69.17 & 68. 66,52.84&52.78,46.26&45.69,33.22&32.84,28.36(3C)&28.30(3C),20.70&20.63;
ESI-MS(m/z):357.3([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C13H22N2NaO8([M+Na]+):357.1268,实验值:357.1273.ESI-MS (m/z): 357.3 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 13 H 22 N 2 NaO 8 ([M+Na] + ): 357.1268, Experimental value: 357.1273.
化合物27(R4为叔丁氧羰基)(117mg,0.4mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(5mL)中,加入三乙胺(0.223mL,1.6mmol),加入乙酰氯(0.057mL,0.8mmol),室温反应24h,旋干柱层析得无色油状液体28(54mg,收率40%)。Compound 27 (R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (117 mg, 0.4 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL), triethylamine (0.223 mL, 1.6 mmol) was added, and acetyl chloride (0.057 mL, 0.8 mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out at room temperature for 24 h, and the residue was purified by chromatography.
实施例36化合物29(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 36 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000139
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000139
称取溴化铜(254mg,1.14mmol),碳酸铯(555mg,1.70mmol),催化剂配体
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000140
(486mg,1.14mmol)置于蛋型瓶中,加入无水四氢呋喃(50mL)室温搅拌2h,产生少量白色固体后,置于0℃循环冷浴中,加入28(1.9g,5.68mmol)的无水四氢呋喃(25mL)溶液,再加入9(1.19g,6.83mmol)的无水四氢呋喃溶液,0℃下继续反应48h。饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应后乙酸乙酯萃取,旋完溶剂后直接柱层析,得化合物29(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(1.92g,收率66%)。
Weigh copper bromide (254 mg, 1.14 mmol), cesium carbonate (555 mg, 1.70 mmol), catalyst ligand
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000140
(486 mg, 1.14 mmol) was placed in an egg-shaped flask, and added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), stirred at room temperature for 2 h to give a small white solid, then placed in a 0 ° C circulating cold bath, and added 28 (1.9 g, 5.68 mmol) A solution of water (tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added, and a solution of 9 ( 1.19 g, 6.83 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added, and the reaction was continued at 0 ° C for 48 h. After quenching the saturated ammonium chloride solution, ethyl acetate is extracted, and the solvent is directly subjected to column chromatography to obtain compound 29 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butyl group. Oxycarbonyl) (1.92 g, yield 66%).
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ5.20(t,J=5.3Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J=11.3,2.8Hz,1H),4.99(d,J=10.3Hz,1H),4.87~4.81(m,4H),4.57(d,J=5.4Hz,1H),4.54~4.47(m,1H),4.47~4.40(m,1H),4.25~4.19(m,2H),4.13~4.05(m,4H),4.01~3.95(m,2H),3.75(s,3H)&3.74(s,3H),3.53(s,3H)&3.52(s,3H),3.29(m,2H),2.21~2.15(m,1H),2.14(s,3H)&2.12(s,3H),2.07~1.99(m,2H),1.90(m,1H),1.47(s,9H)&1.46(s,9H),1.40(s,3H)&1.39(s,3H),1.33(s,3H)&1.32(s,3H); 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ5.20 (t, J = 5.3Hz, 1H), 5.12 (dd, J = 11.3,2.8Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J = 10.3Hz, 1H), 4.87 ~4.81 (m, 4H), 4.57 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.54 to 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.47 to 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.25 to 4.19 (m, 2H), 4.13 to 4.05 (m, 4H), 4.01 to 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H) & 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H) & 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.29 (m, 2H) ), 2.21 to 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 3H) & 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.07 to 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H) & 1. 46(s,9H), 1.40(s,3H)&1.39(s,3H), 1.33(s,3H)&1.32(s,3H);
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)δ170.14,170.04,169.79,169.44,157.35&157.14,108.49&108.36,90.07&89.99,82.06,82.04,79.44&79.40,77.02,69.92,69.64,68.71,68.35,66.09&66.06,61.50&61.42,52.81&52.77,46.04&46.03,33.36,28.37,28.27,28.21,26.62,25.38&25.36,20.70&20.51; 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 170.14, 170.04, 169.79, 169.44, 157.35 & 157.14, 108.49 & 108.36, 90.07 & 89.99, 82.06, 82.04, 79.44 & 79.40, 77.02, 69.92, 69.64, 68.71, 68.35, 66.09 &66.06,61.50&61.42,52.81&52.77,46.04&46.03,33.36,28.37,28.27,28.21,26.62,25.38&25.36,20.70&20.51;
ESI-MS(m/z):531.6([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C21H36N2NaO12([M+Na]+):531.2160,实验值:531.2162.ESI-MS (m / z) : 531.6 ([M + Na] +); ESI-HRMS (m / z): Calcd: C 21 H 36 N 2 NaO 12 ([M + Na] +): 531.2160, Experimental value: 531.2162.
实施例37化合物30(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 37 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000141
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000141
化合物29(155mg,0.305mmol)溶于无水甲醇(5mL)中,加入甲醇钠(16mg,0.305mmol),室温反应4h,加入饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩柱层析得化合物30(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(70mg,收率50%),回收化合物29(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)35mg。Compound 29 (155 mg, 0.305 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (5 mL), sodium MeOH (16 mg, 0.305 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted for 4h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. Drying on sodium, concentration column chromatography to give compound 30 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (70 mg, yield 50%), and compound 29 is recovered ( R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) 35 mg.
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ4.85(dd,J=9.8,2.6Hz,1H),4.79(d,J=10.2Hz,1H),4.71(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),4.65–4.57(m,1H),4.33(dd,J=9.2,4.5Hz,1H),4.22(td,J=6.4,4.7Hz,1H),4.11–4.05(m,2H),3.99(dd,J=8.5,6.8Hz,1H),3.80(s,3H),3.51(s,3H),3.29(d,J=4.5Hz,1H),3.13(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),2.19–2.14(m,1H),1.89(ddd,J=14.7,10.5,4.5Hz,1H),1.47(d,J=4.7Hz,9H),1.39(s,3H),1.33(s,3H); 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ4.85 (dd, J = 9.8,2.6Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J = 10.2Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J = 4.9Hz, 1H), 4.65 –4.57 (m, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J=9.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (td, J=6.4, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.11–4.05 (m, 2H), 3.99 (dd, J = 8.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.29 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.19 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.89 (ddd, J = 14.7, 10.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 9H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H);
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)δ174.59&174.41,157.13&155.08,109.17&109.05,108.42&108.28,90.39&89.81,81.65,80.55&80.44,79.51&79.43,78.09,69.67,69.60,67.54,52.79&52.73,45.82,45.36,36.04,35.34,28.26&28.18,26.48&26.38,25.21&25.14. 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 174.59 & 174.41, 157.13 & 155.08, 109.17 & 109.05, 108.42 & 108.28, 90.39 & 89.81, 81.65, 80.55 & 80.44, 79.51 & 79.43, 78.09, 69.67, 69.60, 67.54, 52.79 &52.73,45.82,45.36,36.04,35.34,28.26&28.18,26.48&26.38,25.21&25.14.
ESI-MS(m/z):489.5([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H34N2NaO11([M+Na]+):489.2055,实验值:489.2058.ESI-MS (m/z): 489.5 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 34 N 2 NaO 11 ([M+Na] + ): 489.2055, Experimental value: 489.2058.
化合物29(1.2g,2.36mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(120mL)中,加入碳酸铯(7.69g,23.6mmol),再加入30%双氧水(12mL),室温搅拌反应6小时,加饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩,柱层析得化合物30(824mg,收率75%)(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)Compound 29 (1.2 g, 2.36 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (120 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc, EtOAc (EtOAc) the reaction was quenched, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated by column chromatography to give compound 30 (824mg, yield 75%) (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 each independently are methyl , R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
实施例38化合物31(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 31 of Example 38 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000142
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000142
化合物30(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(500mg,1.07mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(25mL)中,-20℃下加入戴斯-马丁氧化剂(500mg,1.18mmol),-20℃下反应4h,加入饱和NaHCO3溶液淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液浓缩后柱层析,得化合物31(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(433mg,收率86%)。Compound 30 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (500 mg, 1.07 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL), Add Dess-Martin oxidant (500 mg, 1.18 mmol) at 20 ° C, react at -20 ° C for 4 h, add saturated NaHCO 3 solution to quench the reaction, extract with ethyl acetate, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate The compound 31 was obtained (R 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (433 mg, yield 86%).
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ4.87-4.83(m,1H),4.74-4.72(m,1H),4.65-4.63(m,2H),4.43(br,1H),4.14-4.11(m,1H),3.96-3.88(m,2H),3.82(s,3H),3.53(s,3H),3.47(s,1H),2.22-2.21(m,2H),1.42(s,9H),1.39(s,3H),1.32(s,3H); 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ4.87-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.74-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.63 (m, 2H), 4.43 (br, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m , 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 1H), 2.22-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.39(s,3H), 1.32(s,3H);
13C NMR(126MHz,CHCl3)δ169.11,154.65,125.64,108.60,94.43,85.49,80.79,78.34,76.61,71.47,62.05,53.93,30.46,28.29(3C),26.65,25.40. 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CHCl 3 ) δ 169.11, 154.65, 125.64, 108.60, 94.43, 85.49, 80.79, 78.34, 76.61, 71.47, 62.05, 53.93, 30.46, 28.29 (3C), 26.65, 25.40.
ESI-MS(m/z):487.5([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H32N2NaO11([M+Na]+):487.1898,实验值:487.1896.ESI-MS (m/z): 487.5 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 32 N 2 NaO 11 ([M+Na] + ): 487.1898, Experimental value: 487.1896.
实施例39化合物32(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成 Synthesis of the compound of Example 39 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000143
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000143
化合物31(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(392mg,0.84mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(8mL)中,-10℃下加入吡啶(0.55mL,6.85mmol),再加入二氯亚砜(1.4mL,1.96mmol),-10℃下继续反应2h,加水淬灭反应,用少量1mol/L盐酸洗一次,二氯甲烷萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液浓缩后柱层析,得化合物32(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(200mg,收率53%)。Compound 31 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (392 mg, 0.84 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (8 mL), Add pyridine (0.55 mL, 6.85 mmol) at 10 ° C, add thionyl chloride (1.4 mL, 1.96 mmol), continue the reaction at -10 ° C for 2 h, add water to quench the reaction, wash once with a small amount of 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, two Methyl chloride extraction, drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtration, concentration of the filtrate and column chromatography to give compound 32 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl (200 mg, yield 53%).
[α]D 20=+39.6880°(c 1.0,CHCl3)[α] D 20 = +39.6880° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 )
1H NMR(500MHz,CD3CN)δ5.88(d,J=2.2Hz,1H),5.74(s,1H),5.05–4.96(m,1H),4.93(t,J=9.7Hz,1H),4.56(d,J=9.6Hz,1H),4.29–4.23(m,1H),4.14(dd,J=8.8,6.3Hz,1H),3.96(dd,J=8.8,6.5Hz,1H),3.76(d,J=2.8Hz,3H),3.47(s,3H),3.43(dd,J=4.8,1.6Hz,1H),1.39(s,9H),1.36(s,3H),1.30(s,3H). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 5.88 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 5.05 - 4.96 (m, 1H), 4.93 (t, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H) ), 4.56 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.29 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.14 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H) , 3.76 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 3H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.43 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.30 ( s, 3H).
13C NMR(126MHz,CD3CN)δ162.20,156.02,145.04,111.60,109.15,83.66,80.78,78.78,77.85,76.89,66.33,61.99,53.11,50.47,28.34(3C),26.74,25.45; 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CD 3 CN) δ 162.20, 156.02, 145.04, 111.60, 109.15, 83.66, 80.78, 78.78, 77.85, 76.89, 66.33, 61.99, 53.11, 50.47, 28.34 (3C), 26.74, 25.45;
ESI-MS(m/z):469.5([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H30N2NaO10([M+Na]+):469.1793,实验值:469.1797.ESI-MS (m/z): 469.5 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 30 N 2 NaO 10 ([M+Na] + ): 469.1793, Experimental value: 469.1797.
化合物31(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(20mg,0.043mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(1mL)中,加入三乙胺(30μL,0.21mmol),在加入甲基磺酰氯(12μL,0.17mmol),-10℃下继续反应2h,加饱和碳酸氢钠溶液淬灭反应,二氯甲烷萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液浓缩后柱层析,得化合物32(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(5mg,收率26%)。Compound 31 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (20 mg, 0.043 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (1 mL), Triethylamine (30 μL, 0.21 mmol), was added with methanesulfonyl chloride (12 μL, 0.17 mmol), and the reaction was continued at -10 ° C for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate and extracted with dichloromethane. Drying, filtration, concentration of the filtrate and column chromatography gave compound 32 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (5 mg, yield 26%) ).
实施例40化合物33(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of the compound of Example 40 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000144
化合物32(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(38mg,0.085mmol)溶于2mL无水乙酸乙酯中,加入锌粉(556mg,8.5mmol),再加入冰乙酸(487μL,8.5mmol),室温反应过夜,垫硅藻土过滤,乙酸乙酯洗涤,浓缩柱层析得化合物33(28mg,收率81%)(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)。Compound 32 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (38 mg, 0.085 mmol) is dissolved in 2 mL of anhydrous ethyl acetate, and zinc powder is added. (556 mg, 8.5 mmol), glacial acetic acid (487 μL, 8.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted at room temperature overnight, filtered over Celite, washed with ethyl acetate and concentrated to afford compound 33 (28 mg, yield 81%) 1 is a methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group).
[α]D 20=+32.8100°(c 1.0,CHCl3)[α] D 20 = +32.8100° (c 1.0, CHCl 3 )
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ5.82(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.53(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),4.33–4.25(m,2H),4.21(dd,J=8.8,6.3Hz,1H),4.07(dd,J=8.7,7.2Hz,2H),3.83(dd,J=10.1,1.3Hz,1H),3.75(s,3H),3.63(s,3H),2.96(t,J=9.7Hz,1H),1.55(br,2H),1.46(s,9H),1.45(s,3H),1.37(s,3H). 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.82 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.33 - 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.21 (dd, J = 8.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J = 8.7, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (dd, J = 10.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.96 (t, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (br, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H).
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)δ162.44,156.41,145.16,110.82,108.27,81.48,77.69,77.56,65.69,61.60,52.35,52.23,50.53,29.82,28.47(3C),26.61,25.44. 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 162.44, 156.41, 145.16, 110.82, 108.27, 81.48, 77.69, 77.56, 65.69, 61.60, 52.35, 52.23, 50.53, 29.82, 28.47 (3C), 26.61, 25.44.
ESI-MS(m/z):417.5([M+H]+);439.5([M+Na]+);ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C19H33N2O8([M+H]+):417.2235,实验值:417.2231.ESI-MS (m/z): 417.5 ([M+H] + ); 439.5 ([M+Na] + ); ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 19 H 33 N 2 O 8 ( [M+H] + ): 417.2235, experimental value: 417.2231.
实施例41化合物34(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 34 of Example 41 (R 1 is methyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000145
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000145
化合物33(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(27mg,0.064mmol)溶于无水二氯甲烷(3mL)中,置于冰水浴中,加入三乙胺(38μL,0.26mmol),再加入乙酰氯(5μL,0.077mmol),冰水浴中反应30min,旋干柱层析得化合物34(R1为甲氧甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(27mg,收率91%);Compound 33 (R 1 is methoxymethyl, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (27 mg, 0.064 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (3 mL). Triethylamine (38 μL, 0.26 mmol) was added to an ice water bath, and then acetyl chloride (5 μL, 0.077 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was reacted in an ice water bath for 30 minutes, and subjected to spin-drying column chromatography to obtain compound 34 (R 1 is methoxymethyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl and R 4 is tert-butoxycarbonyl) (27 mg, yield 91%);
[α]D 20=+17.5969°(c0.65,CHCl3)[α] D 20 = +17.5969° (c0.65, CHCl 3 )
1H NMR(500MHz,CDCl3)δ5.99(br,1H),5.84(d,J=1.8Hz,1H),4.99(br,1H),4.47–4.45(m,1H),4.31-4.24(m,2H),4.18(dd,J=8.7,6.2Hz,1H),4.08-4.04(m,2H),3.75(s,3H),3.66(d,J=3.3Hz,1H),3.52(s,3H),1.99(s,3H),1.43(s,3H),1.42(s,9H),1.35(s,3H). 1 H NMR (500MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ5.99 (br, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 1.8Hz, 1H), 4.99 (br, 1H), 4.47-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.24 ( m, 2H), 4.18 (dd, J = 8.7, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.66 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (s) , 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.35 (s, 3H).
13C NMR(126MHz,CDCl3)δ170.63,162.14,156.44,144.81,110.18,108.44,80.34,78.61,77.83,65.87,61.81,52.45,49.99,48.38,29.83,28.43(3C),26.65,25.51,23.50. 13 C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 170.63, 162.14, 156.44, 144.81, 110.18, 108.44, 80.34, 78.61, 77.83, 65.87, 61.81, 52.45, 49.99, 48.38, 29.83, 28.43 (3C), 26.65, 25.51, 23.50.
ESI-MS(m/z):481.6([M+Na]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值: C21H34N2NaO9([M+Na]+):481.2157,实验值:481.2157ESI-MS (m/z): 481.6 ([M+Na] + ). ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 21 H 34 N 2 NaO 9 ([M+Na] + ): 481.2157, Experimental value: 481.2157
实施例42化合物2(R1为甲基)的合成Synthesis of Compound 2 of Example 42 (R 1 is a methyl group)
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000146
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000146
将化合物34(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(20mg,0.044mmol)溶于1mL四氢呋喃中,加入氢氧化钠溶液(3mol/L,0.44mL),室温反应过夜得到中间体化合物3,不经后处理,再向体系中加入盐酸(3mol/L,0.9mL),继续反应0.5h,体系浓缩得化合物2(R1为甲基)(13mg,收率97.2%)。Compound 34 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (20 mg, 0.044 mmol) is dissolved in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and a sodium hydroxide solution (3 mol/) is added. L, 0.44 mL), reacted at room temperature overnight to obtain intermediate compound 3, without post-treatment, then add hydrochloric acid (3 mol/L, 0.9 mL) to the system, continue the reaction for 0.5 h, and concentrate the system to obtain compound 2 (R 1 is A Base) (13 mg, yield 97.2%).
[α]D 20=+0.33°(c 1.3,MeOH)[α] D 20 = +0.33° (c 1.3, MeOH)
1H NMR(500MHz,D2O)δ6.09(d,J=2.2Hz,1H),4.61(d,J=10.7Hz,1H),4.49(t,J=10.0Hz,1H),4.39(dd,J=9.5,2.2Hz,1H),4.14-4.11(m,1H),4.00(dd,J=12.0,2.8Hz,1H),3.81(dd,J=12.0,5.7Hz,1H),3.71(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),3.54(s,3H),2.23(s,3H). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) δ 6.09 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.39 ( Dd, J=9.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J=12.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=12.0, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
13C NMR(126MHz,D2O)δ174.46,163.98,145.90,104.75,77.16,75.72,69.52,62.21,60.22,50.26,45.35,22.03. 13 C NMR (126 MHz, D 2 O) δ 174.46, 163.98, 145.90, 104.75, 77.16, 75.72, 69.52, 62.21, 60.22, 50.26, 45.35, 22.03.
ESI-MS(m/z):305.2([M+H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C12H20N2NaO7([M+Na]+):327.1163,实验值:327.1160.ESI-MS (m/z): 305.2 ([M+H] + ). ESI-HRMS (m/z): Calculated: C 12 H 20 N 2 NaO 7 ([M+Na] + ):327.1163, Experimental value: 327.1160.
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000147
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000147
将化合物34(R1为甲基,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基)(20mg,0.044mmol)溶于1mL四氢呋喃中,加入盐酸(3mol/L,0.44mL),室温反应1h,得到中间体35,不经后处理,再向体系中加入氢氧化钠溶液(3mol/L,0.9mL),继续反应8h,加3mol/L盐酸调节pH为2~3,体系浓缩得化合物2(R1为甲基)(13.2mg,收率98.7%)。Compound 34 (R 1 is a methyl group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group) (20 mg, 0.044 mmol) is dissolved in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and hydrochloric acid (3 mol/L, 0.44) is added. (mL), reaction at room temperature for 1h, to obtain intermediate 35, without post-treatment, then add sodium hydroxide solution (3mol / L, 0.9mL) to the system, continue the reaction for 8h, add 3mol / L hydrochloric acid to adjust the pH of 2 ~ 3 , the system concentrated to give compound 2 (R 1 is methyl) (13.2 mg, 98.7% yield).
化合物35数据 Compound 35 data
[α]D 20=+1.3240°(c 0.5,MeOH)[α] D 20 = +1.3240° (c 0.5, MeOH)
1H NMR(500MHz,D2O)δ6.01(d,J=2.3Hz,1H),4.48(d,J=10.7Hz,1H),4.38(t,J=10.1Hz,1H),4.23(dd,J=9.4,2.4Hz,1H),3.98(m,1H),3.88(dd,J=12.0,2.5Hz,1H),3.82(s,3H),3.69(dd,J=12.0,5.4Hz,1H),3.58(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),3.41(s,3H),2.09(s,3H). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, D 2 O) δ 6.01 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (t, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 4.23 ( Dd, J=9.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.69 (dd, J = 12.0, 5.4 Hz) , 1H), 3.58 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H).
13C NMR(126MHz,D2O)δ174.53,163.07,145.81,104.71,77.17,75.88,69.57,62.22,60.34,53.10,50.33,45.35,22.14. 13 C NMR (126MHz, D 2 O) δ174.53,163.07,145.81,104.71,77.17,75.88,69.57,62.22,60.34,53.10,50.33,45.35,22.14.
ESI-MS(m/z):319.4([M+H]+);341.3([M+Na]+).ESI-MS (m/z): 319.4 ([M+H] + ); 341.3 ([M+Na] + ).
实施例43 Laninamivir的合成Example 43 Synthesis of Laninamivir
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000148
Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-000148
化合物2(R为甲基)(19mg,0.056mmol)溶于水(1.5mL)中,每隔0.5h依次加入碳酸钾(4.5mg,0.056mmol)与三氧化硫脲(4.1mg,0.056mmol),一共加入12次。室温反应36h。浓缩并过滤后将滤液用HPLC分离,得产物(10mg,收率50%)。[α]D 20=+8.44°(c0.5,H2O);1H NMR(D2O,500MHz):δ5.52(d,J=2.5Hz,1H),4.30(dd,J=10.0,2.0Hz,2H),4.10(t,J=9.5Hz,1H),3.88(ddd,J=8.5,5.5,3.0Hz,1H),3.78(dd,J=12.0,3.0Hz,1H),3.57(dd,J=12.0,5.5Hz,1H),3.45(dd,J=8.5,1.5Hz,1H),3.31(s,3H),1.94(s,3H);13C NMR(125MHz,D2O):δ174.20,168.97,157.03,149.22,104.13,77.72,75.76,69.61,62.42,60.37,51.65,48.97,47.76,22.13;ESI-MS(m/z):347.8([M+H]+).ESI-HRMS(m/z):计算值:C13H23N4O7([M+H]+):347.15613,实验值:347.1565.Compound 2 (R is a methyl group) (19 mg, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in water (1.5 mL), and potassium carbonate (4.5 mg, 0.056 mmol) and thiourea trioxide (4.1 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added sequentially every 0.5 h. , a total of 12 times. The reaction was carried out for 36 h at room temperature. After concentration and filtration, the filtrate was separated by HPLC to yield (10 mg, yield 50%). [α] D 20 = +8.44° (c0.5, H 2 O); 1 H NMR (D 2 O, 500 MHz): δ 5.52 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (ddd, J = 8.5, 5.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J = 12.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J = 12.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (125 MHz, D 2) O): δ 174.20, 168.97, 157.03, 149.22, 104.13, 77.72, 75.76, 69.61, 62.42, 60.37, 51.65, 48.97, 47.76, 22.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 347.8 ([M+H] + ). ESI-HRMS (m / z) : Calcd: C 13 H 23 N 4 O 7 ([m + H] +): 347.15613, Found: 347.1565.
化合物2的三氟乙酸盐(R为甲基)(1.35g,3.23mmol)溶于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺(DMF,CAS:68-12-2)(40mL)中,每隔1d依次加入N,N-二异丙基乙胺DIPEA(CAS:7087-68-5,英文名称为N,N-Diisopropylethylamine)(1.7mL,9.70mmol)与1H-吡唑-1-甲脒盐酸盐(1.42g,9.70mmol),一共加入3次。室温反应5d。加入水后分别用乙酸乙酯洗3次,二氯甲烷洗三次,再用甲醇/乙酸乙酯=1:8重结晶3次。得产物(1.12g,收率100%)。The trifluoroacetate salt of Compound 2 (R is methyl) (1.35 g, 3.23 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF, CAS: 68-12-2) (40 mL) 1d was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine DIPEA (CAS:7087-68-5, English name N,N-Diisopropylethylamine) (1.7 mL, 9.70 mmol) and 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine salt. The acid salt (1.42 g, 9.70 mmol) was added a total of 3 times. The reaction was carried out for 5 days at room temperature. After adding water, it was washed three times with ethyl acetate, three times with dichloromethane, and then recrystallized three times with methanol/ethyl acetate = 1:8. The product was obtained (1.12 g, yield 100%).
Laninamivir的辛酸酯CS-8958可以参考专利(WO 2008/126943)对Laninamivir酯化合成。Laninamivir's octanoate CS-8958 can be esterified to Lannamivir by reference to a patent (WO 2008/126943).
虽然以上描述了本发明的具体实施方式,但是本领域的技术人员应当理解,这些仅 是举例说明,在不背离本发明的原理和实质的前提下,可以对这些实施方式做出多种变更或修改。因此,本发明的保护范围由所附权利要求书限定。 Although specific embodiments of the invention have been described above, those skilled in the art will appreciate that these are only It is to be understood that various changes and modifications may be made to these embodiments without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the scope of the invention is defined by the appended claims.

Claims (65)

  1. 一种化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于其为方法1或者方法2,A method for preparing compound 2, which is characterized by method 1 or method 2,
    方法1包括以下步骤:将化合物3进行脱除保护基的反应,得到化合物2即可;The method 1 includes the following steps: the compound 3 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain a compound 2;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100001
    其中,R为氢或甲基;R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢;R2和R5各自独立的为甲基、乙基或丙基;R4为氨基保护基;所述的氨基保护基为叔丁氧羰基、苄氧基羰基或对甲苯磺酰基;Wherein R is hydrogen or methyl; R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl Or hydrogen; R 2 and R 5 are each independently methyl, ethyl or propyl; R 4 is an amino protecting group; the amino protecting group is t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or p-toluenesulfonyl;
    方法2包括以下步骤:将化合物35进行水解反应,得到化合物2即可;The method 2 includes the following steps: subjecting the compound 35 to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain the compound 2;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100002
    R为氢或甲基。R is hydrogen or methyl.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物3进行脱除保护基的反应,得到化合物2即可;The method for preparing a compound 2 according to claim 1, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 comprises the steps of: removing the compound 3 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an acid. The reaction of the group can obtain the compound 2;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述的制备化合物2的方法2包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物35与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物2即可。The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 comprises the steps of: hydrolyzing the compound 35 with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 2.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在所述的制备化合物2的方法1中,所述的非质子性溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂;所述的酸为无机酸和/或有机酸;所述的无机酸为盐酸;所述的有机酸为三氟乙酸;所述的化合物3与所述的酸的摩尔比为1:1~1:100;所述的脱除保护基的反应的温度为10℃~40℃;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 2, wherein in the method 1 for preparing the compound 2, the aprotic solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; and the acid is a mineral acid. And/or an organic acid; the inorganic acid is hydrochloric acid; the organic acid is trifluoroacetic acid; and the molar ratio of the compound 3 to the acid is 1:1 to 1:100; The temperature of the reaction of the protecting group is from 10 ° C to 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述的制备化合物2的方法2中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的碱为无机碱;所述的化合物35与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~1:100;所述的水解反应的温度为10℃~40℃。 In the method 2 for preparing the compound 2, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the base is an inorganic base; and the molar ratio of the compound 35 to the base is 1:1. 1:100; The temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is from 10 ° C to 40 ° C.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:The method for preparing a compound 2 according to claim 3, wherein:
    所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,当R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基或甲基时,所述的化合物3采用下述方法一制备;当R1为氢时,所述的化合物3采用下述方法二制备;当R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢时,所述的化合物3采用下述方法三制备;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, when R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, A In the case of oxymethyl or methyl, the compound 3 is prepared by the following method 1; when R 1 is hydrogen, the compound 3 is prepared by the following method 2; when R 1 is trimethylsilyl, uncle When butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen, the compound 3 is prepared by the following method three;
    方法一:在质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物4与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物3;Method 1: in a protic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 4 and an oxidizing agent are oxidized to obtain a compound 3;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100003
    方法二:在非质子溶剂中,将化合物12与还原剂进行还原反应,得到化合物3;Method 2: in aprotic solvent, the compound 12 and a reducing agent are reduced to obtain a compound 3;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100004
    方法三:将化合物34进行水解反应,得到化合物3即可;Method 3: Compound 34 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction to obtain Compound 3;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100005
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,所述的化合物35采用下述方法制备:将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物35; The method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, the compound 35 is prepared by the following method: the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing a protecting group to obtain the compound 35;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100006
    其中,R、R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 4, wherein:
    在所述的制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的质子性溶剂为醇类溶剂和/或水;所述的氧化剂为亚氯酸;所述的化合物4与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的酸性条件,通过加入强碱弱酸盐来实现;当采用强碱弱酸盐来实现酸性条件时,所述的强碱弱酸盐与所述的化合物4的摩尔比为1:1~20:1;所述的酸性条件,pH为2~5;所述的氧化反应的温度为10℃~40℃;In the first method for preparing the compound 3, the protic solvent is an alcohol solvent and/or water; the oxidizing agent is chlorous acid; and the molar ratio of the compound 4 to the oxidizing agent is 1:1~1:5; the acidic condition is achieved by adding a strong base weak acid salt; when a strong base weak acid salt is used to achieve acidic conditions, the strong base weak acid salt and the compound are 4 molar ratio is 1:1 ~ 20:1; said acidic conditions, pH is 2 ~ 5; the temperature of the oxidation reaction is 10 ° C ~ 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物3的方法一在自由基捕获剂存在的条件下进行;所述的自由基捕获剂为2-甲基丁烯或苯酚;所述的自由基捕获剂与所述的化合物4的摩尔比为0.5:1~3:1;The method 1 for preparing the compound 3 is carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger; the radical scavenger is 2-methylbutene or phenol; and the molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 4 0.5:1 to 3:1;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物3的方法三包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物34与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物3;The third method for preparing the compound 3 comprises the following steps: hydrolyzing the compound 34 with a base in an aprotic solvent to obtain the compound 3;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物35的方法包括以下步骤:在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应得到化合物35即可。The method for producing the compound 35 comprises the step of subjecting the compound 34 to removal of a protecting group in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an acid to obtain a compound 35.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:The method for preparing a compound 2 according to claim 5, wherein:
    所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在所述的制备化合物3的方法一中,所述的化合物4通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物5与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物4;The method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method 1 of the preparation of the compound 3, the compound 4 is obtained by the method of: in the aprotic solvent, the compound 5 and the oxidizing agent Performing an oxidation reaction to obtain a compound 4;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100007
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。 Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的氧化剂为二氧化硒;所述的化合物5与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的氧化反应的温度为30℃~100℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 6, wherein in the method for preparing compound 4, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the oxidizing agent is selenium dioxide; the compound 5 molar ratio of the oxidizing agent is 1:1 ~ 1:5; the temperature of the oxidation reaction is 30 ° C ~ 100 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物4的方法在惰性气体保护下进行;所述的惰性气体为氮气、氩气和氦气中的一种或多种。The method of preparing the compound 4 is carried out under the protection of an inert gas; the inert gas is one or more of nitrogen, argon and helium.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物4的方法中,所述的化合物5通过下述方法制得:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物6与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物5;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 7, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 4, the compound 5 is obtained by the following method. : nucleophilic substitution reaction of compound 6 with an acetylating reagent in a solvent, in the presence of a base, to obtain a compound 5;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100008
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:制备化合物5的方法中,所述的溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的有机碱为吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种;所述的化合物6与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:3~1:6;所述的乙酰化试剂为乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐;所述的化合物6与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:20;所述的亲核取代反应的温度为0℃~100℃。The method for preparing the compound 2 according to claim 8, wherein in the method for preparing the compound 5, the solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; the base is an organic base; The organic base is one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine; the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the base is 1:3 to 1:6; the acetylating reagent is acetyl The halogen and/or acetic anhydride; the molar ratio of the compound 6 to the acetylating agent is 1:1 to 1:20; and the temperature of the nucleophilic substitution reaction is 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物5的方法中,所述的化合物6通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物7进行还原反应,得到化合物6;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 9, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 5, the compound 6 is obtained by the following method. : in aprotic solvent, under the conditions of acid and reducing agent, the compound 7 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 6;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100009
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。 Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为酯类溶剂;所述的酸为有机酸;所述的有机酸为冰醋酸;所述的酸与所述的化合物7的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原剂为锌、铁和铝中的一种或多种;所述的还原剂与所述的化合物7的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原反应的温度为0℃~40℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 10, wherein in the method for preparing compound 6, the aprotic solvent is an ester solvent; the acid is an organic acid; and the organic acid Is glacial acetic acid; the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 7 is 10:1 to 100:1; the reducing agent is one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum; the reducing agent The molar ratio to the compound 7 is from 10:1 to 100:1; and the temperature of the reduction reaction is from 0 °C to 40 °C.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物6的方法中,所述的化合物7通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物8与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到化合物7;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 11, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 6, the compound 7 is obtained by the following method. : in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 8 and a dehydrating agent are dehydrated to obtain a compound 7;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100010
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的有机碱为三乙胺和/或吡啶;所述的碱与所述的化合物8的摩尔比为100:1~1:1,所述的脱水剂为二氯亚砜、甲烷磺酰氯和Burgess试剂中的一种或多种;所述的化合物8与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的脱水反应的温度为0℃~40℃;The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 12, wherein in the method for producing compound 7, the organic solvent is one or more of a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent. The base is an organic base; the organic base is triethylamine and/or pyridine; the molar ratio of the base to the compound 8 is 100:1 to 1:1, the dehydration The agent is one or more of thionyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent; the molar ratio of the compound 8 to the dehydrating agent is 1:1 to 1:5; The temperature is from 0 ° C to 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物7的方法在催化剂存在的条件下进行;所述的催化剂为4-二甲氨基吡啶;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物8的摩尔比为1:1~1:10。The method for preparing the compound 7 is carried out in the presence of a catalyst; the catalyst is 4-dimethylaminopyridine; and the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 8 is 1:1 to 1:10.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物7的方法中,所述的化合物8通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物10与化合物9进行反应,得到化合物8; The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 13, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 7, the compound 8 is obtained by the following method. : reacting compound 10 with compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain compound 8;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100011
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100011
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物8的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的碱为无机碱;所述的无机碱为碳酸铯、碳酸钠、碳酸钾和叔丁醇钾中的一种或多种;所述的化合物9与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~10:1;所述的催化剂为无机铜盐和/或有机铜盐;所述的无机铜盐为氯化铜、氯化亚铜、溴化亚铜、溴化铜和碘化亚铜中的一种或多种;所述的有机铜盐为乙酸铜;所述的化合物9与所述的催化剂的摩尔比为1:1~10:1;所述的化合物10与所述的化合物9的摩尔比为1:1~5:1;所述的催化剂配体为吡咯烷-酚类催化剂;所述的吡咯烷-酚类催化剂为
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100012
    所述的催化剂配体与所述的化合物9的摩尔比为1:10~3:10;所述的反应的温度优选-20℃~40℃。
    The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 14, wherein in the method for preparing compound 8, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the base is an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is Is one or more of cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and potassium t-butoxide; the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the base is 1:1 to 10:1; the catalyst is inorganic a copper salt and/or an organic copper salt; the inorganic copper salt being one or more of copper chloride, cuprous chloride, cuprous bromide, copper bromide and cuprous iodide; The copper salt is copper acetate; the molar ratio of the compound 9 to the catalyst is 1:1 to 10:1; and the molar ratio of the compound 10 to the compound 9 is 1:1 to 5:1. The catalyst ligand is a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst is
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100012
    The molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 9 is 1:10 to 3:10; and the temperature of the reaction is preferably -20 to 40 °C.
  16. 如权利要求4所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的还原剂为硼氢化锌、硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾、四氢锂铝或硼氢化锂;所述的化合物12与所述的还原剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的还原反应的温度为-78℃~40℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 4, wherein in the second method for preparing compound 3, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; and the reducing agent is zinc borohydride or hydroboration. Sodium, potassium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride; the molar ratio of the compound 12 to the reducing agent is 1:1 to 1:5; the temperature of the reduction reaction is -78 ° C - 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    在制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂,所述的碱为无机碱,所述的化合物34与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~1:100,所述的水解反应的温度为10℃~40℃。In the third method for preparing the compound 3, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent, the base is an inorganic base, and the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the base is 1:1 to 1:100. The temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is from 10 ° C to 40 ° C.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物3的方法二中,所述的化合物12采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,酸性条件下,将化合物13与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物12; The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 16, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the second method for preparing the compound 3, the compound 12 is prepared by the following method. : in an aprotic solvent, under acidic conditions, the compound 13 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent to obtain a compound 12;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100013
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂为醇类溶剂和/或水;所述的氧化剂为亚氯酸;所述的化合物13与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的酸性条件,通过加入强碱弱酸盐来实现;当采用强碱弱酸盐来实现酸性条件时,所述的强碱弱酸盐与所述的化合物13的摩尔比为1:1~20:1;所述的酸性条件,pH为2~5;所述的氧化反应的温度为10℃~40℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 17, wherein in the method for preparing compound 12, the protic solvent is an alcohol solvent and/or water; and the oxidizing agent is chlorous acid; The molar ratio of the compound 13 to the oxidizing agent is 1:1 to 1:5; the acidic condition is achieved by adding a strong base weak acid salt; when a strong base weak acid salt is used to achieve acidic conditions, The molar ratio of the strong base weak acid salt to the compound 13 is 1:1 to 20:1; the acidic condition is pH 2 to 5; and the oxidation reaction temperature is 10 ° C to 40 °C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物12的方法在自由基捕获剂存在的条件下进行;所述的自由基捕获剂为2-甲基丁烯或苯酚;所述的自由基捕获剂与所述的化合物13的摩尔比为0.5:1~3:1。The method for preparing the compound 12 is carried out in the presence of a radical scavenger; the radical scavenger is 2-methylbutene or phenol; and the molar ratio of the radical scavenger to the compound 13 is 0.5:1 to 3:1.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物12的方法中,所述的化合物13采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物14与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物13;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 18, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 12, the compound 13 is prepared by the following method: The compound 14 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain a compound 13;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100014
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的氧化剂为二氧化硒;所述的化合物14与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的氧化反应的温度为80℃~150℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 19, wherein in the method for producing compound 13, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the oxidizing agent is selenium dioxide; the compound The molar ratio of 14 to the oxidizing agent is 1:1 to 1:5; the temperature of the oxidation reaction is 80 ° C to 150 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物13的方法在惰性气体保护下进行;所述的惰性气体为氮气、氩气和氦气中的一种或多种。The method of preparing the compound 13 is carried out under the protection of an inert gas; the inert gas is one or more of nitrogen, argon and helium.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物13的方法中,所述的化合物14通过下述 方法制得:将化合物15进行氧化反应,得到化合物14;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 20, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 13, the compound 14 is as follows The method comprises the following steps: subjecting compound 15 to oxidation reaction to obtain compound 14;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100015
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:制备化合物14的方法包括以下步骤:在有机溶剂中,催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物15与氧化剂进行莱氏氧化反应,得到化合物14。The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 21, wherein the method for producing the compound 14 comprises the steps of: subjecting the compound 15 to an oxidizing agent to carry out a Lewis oxidation reaction in the presence of a catalyst in an organic solvent to obtain a compound. 14.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂和/或腈类溶剂;所述的氧化剂为N-甲基吗啉氧化物;所述的化合物15与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的催化剂为四正丙基过钌酸铵;所述的化合物15与所述的催化剂的摩尔比为20:1~5:1;所述的莱氏氧化反应的温度为10℃~40℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 22, wherein in the method for preparing compound 14, the organic solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or a nitrile solvent; and the oxidizing agent is N- Methylmorpholine oxide; the molar ratio of the compound 15 to the oxidizing agent is 1:1 to 1:5; the catalyst is tetra-n-propylammonium perruthenate; the compound 15 and The molar ratio of the catalyst is 20:1 to 5:1; the temperature of the Leyd oxidation reaction is 10 ° C to 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物14的方法在分子筛存在的条件下进行;所述的分子筛的与所述的化合物15的质量摩尔比为1g/mol~5g/mol。The method for preparing the compound 14 is carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve; the molar ratio of the molecular sieve to the compound 15 is from 1 g/mol to 5 g/mol.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物14的方法中,所述的化合物15采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,将化合物16与氟化试剂进行脱除羟基保护基的反应,得到化合物15;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 23, wherein the process 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 15 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 14: The compound 16 is reacted with a fluorinating reagent to remove a hydroxy protecting group in a solvent to obtain a compound 15;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100016
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3为羟基保护基,所述的羟基保护基为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基或甲氧甲基。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group, said hydroxy protecting group being trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, uncle Butyl diphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl or methoxymethyl.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的氟化试剂为四丁基氟化铵和/或氟化钾;所述的 化合物16与所述的氟化试剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的脱除羟基保护基的反应的温度为10℃~40℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 24, wherein in the method for preparing compound 15, the solvent is an ether solvent; and the fluorinating reagent is tetrabutylammonium fluoride and/or Potassium fluoride; said The molar ratio of the compound 16 to the fluorinating agent is from 1:1 to 1:5; and the temperature at which the hydroxy protecting group is removed is from 10 ° C to 40 ° C.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物15的方法中,所述的化合物16采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物17与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到化合物16;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 25, wherein the process 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 16 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 15: In a solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 17 and the acetylation reagent are subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain a compound 16;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100017
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:制备化合物16的方法中,所述的溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的卤代烃类溶剂为氯代烃类溶剂;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的有机碱为吡啶、哌啶和三乙胺中的一种或多种;所述的化合物17与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的乙酰化试剂为乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐;所述的化合物17与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:20;所述的亲核取代反应的温度为0℃~100℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 26, wherein in the method for preparing compound 16, the solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; and the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is chlorine. a hydrocarbon-based solvent; the base is an organic base; the organic base is one or more of pyridine, piperidine and triethylamine; the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the base is 1 The acetylating agent is acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; the molar ratio of the compound 17 to the acetylating agent is 1:1 to 1:20; The temperature of the nuclear substitution reaction is from 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物16的方法中,所述的化合物17通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物18进行还原反应,得到化合物17;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 27, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 16, the compound 17 is obtained by the following method. : in aprotic solvent, under the conditions of acid and reducing agent, the compound 18 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 17;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100018
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  29. 如权利要求4所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂;所述的酸为有机酸;所述的有机酸为冰醋酸;所述的酸与所述的化合物18的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原剂为锌、铁和铝 中的一种或多种;所述的还原剂与所述的化合物18的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原反应的温度为0℃~40℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 4, wherein in the method for preparing compound 17, the aprotic solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; the acid is an organic acid; The organic acid is glacial acetic acid; the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 18 is 10:1 to 100:1; the reducing agent is zinc, iron and aluminum. One or more of the above; the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 18 is from 10:1 to 100:1; and the temperature of the reduction reaction is from 0 °C to 40 °C.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物17的方法中,所述的化合物18通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物19与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到化合物18;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 29, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 17, the compound 18 is obtained by the following method. : in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 19 and a dehydrating agent are dehydrated to obtain a compound 18;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100019
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的脱水剂为二氯亚砜、甲烷磺酰氯和Burgess试剂中的一种或多种;所述的化合物19与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的有机碱为三乙胺和/或吡啶;所述的碱与所述的化合物19的摩尔比为1:1~50:1;所述的脱水反应的温度为0℃~40℃;The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 30, wherein in the method for producing compound 18, the organic solvent is one or more of a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent. The dehydrating agent is one or more of thionyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride and Burgess reagent; the molar ratio of the compound 19 to the dehydrating agent is 1:1 to 1:5; The base is an organic base; the organic base is triethylamine and/or pyridine; the molar ratio of the base to the compound 19 is 1:1 to 50:1; The temperature is from 0 ° C to 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物18的方法在催化剂存在的条件下进行;所述的催化剂为4-二甲氨基吡啶;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物19的摩尔比为1:1~1:5。The method for preparing the compound 18 is carried out in the presence of a catalyst; the catalyst is 4-dimethylaminopyridine; and the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 19 is 1:1 to 1:5.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物18的方法中,所述的化合物19通过下述方法制得:在非质子性溶剂中,碱性物质存在的条件下,将化合物10与化合物20进行反应,得到化合物19;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 31, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 18, the compound 19 is obtained by the following method. : reacting compound 10 with compound 20 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a basic substance to obtain compound 19;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100020
    其中,R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。 Wherein R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂类溶剂;所述的碱为无机碱、有机碱、碱性氧化物、强碱弱酸盐和离子交换树脂中的一种或多种;所述的无机碱为甲醇钠和/或叔丁醇钾;所述的有机碱为四丁基氢氧化铵、1,8-二氮杂二环[5.4.0]十一碳-7-烯、四甲基胍和二异丙基氨基锂中的一种或多种;所述的碱性氧化物为碱性三氧化铝;所述的强碱弱酸盐为乙酸钾;所述的离子交换树脂为Amberlite A-21;所述的碱性物质与所述的化合物10的摩尔比为1:1~1:10;所述的反应的温度为0℃~40℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 32, wherein in the method for preparing compound 19, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent solvent; the base is an inorganic base or an organic base; One or more of a basic oxide, a strong base weak acid salt, and an ion exchange resin; the inorganic base is sodium methoxide and/or potassium t-butoxide; and the organic base is tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, 1 One or more of 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, tetramethylphosphonium and lithium diisopropylamide; the basic oxide is alkaline The aluminum oxide; the strong base weak acid salt is potassium acetate; the ion exchange resin is Amberlite A-21; the molar ratio of the basic substance to the compound 10 is 1:1 to 1: 10; The temperature of the reaction is from 0 ° C to 40 ° C.
  34. 如权利要求14或33所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物8或19的方法中,所述的化合物10采用下述方法制备:The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 14 or claim 33, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of: in the method for producing the compound 8 or 19, the compound 10 is used under Method preparation:
    在有机溶剂中,添加剂和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮进行迈克尔加成反应,得到化合物10;In an organic solvent, in the presence of an additive and a catalyst, the compound 11 and acetone are subjected to a Michael addition reaction to obtain a compound 10;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100021
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100021
    其中,R4的定义如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined in claim 1.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物10的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为芳烃类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂、烷烃类溶剂和卤代芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的添加剂为有机酸;所述的有机酸为苯甲酸、乙酸、对二苯甲酸、对羟基苯甲酸、对硝基苯甲酸、(+)-樟脑磺酸和对甲苯磺酸中的一种或多种;所述的添加剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比为0.1:1~1:1;所述的丙酮与所述的化合物11的摩尔比为5:1~20:1;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比为0.01:1~0.1:1;所述的迈克尔加成反应的温度为0℃~40℃;所述的催化剂为如下式所示的任一催化剂: The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 34, wherein in the method for producing compound 10, the organic solvent is an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogen. One or more of the aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; the additive is an organic acid; the organic acid is benzoic acid, acetic acid, p-dibenzoic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, p-nitrobenzoic acid, (+) a molar ratio of the additive to the compound 11 of from 0.1:1 to 1:1; The molar ratio is from 5:1 to 20:1; the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 is from 0.01:1 to 0.1:1; and the temperature of the Michael addition reaction is from 0 °C to 40 °C; The catalyst described is any of the catalysts shown in the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100022
  36. 如权利要求32所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物19的方法中,所述的化合物20采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物21与氧化剂进行氧化反应,得到化合物20;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 32, wherein the process 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 20 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 19: The compound 21 is oxidized with an oxidizing agent in an aprotic solvent to obtain a compound 20;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100023
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100023
    其中,R2和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。Wherein R 2 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂和/或卤代烃类溶剂;所述的氧化剂为戴斯-马丁氧化剂、氯铬酸吡啶嗡盐和重铬酸吡啶盐中的一种或多种;所述的化合物21与所述的氧 化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的氧化反应的温度为0℃~40℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 36, wherein in the method for producing compound 20, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent and/or a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; One or more of a Dess-Martin periodinane, a pyridinium chlorochromate salt, and a pyridinium dichromate; the compound 21 and the oxygen The molar ratio of the chemical agent is 1:1 to 1:5; the temperature of the oxidation reaction is 0 ° C to 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物20的方法在碱存在的条件下进行;所述的碱为无机碱;所述的无机碱为碳酸氢钠、碳酸氢钾、碳酸钠、碳酸钾和碳酸铯中的一种或多种;所述的化合物21与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~1:5。The method for preparing the compound 20 is carried out in the presence of a base; the base is an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is one or more of sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and cesium carbonate. The molar ratio of the compound 21 to the base is 1:1 to 1:5.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物20的方法中,所述的化合物21采用下述方法制备:在催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物22与酮进行缩合反应,得到化合物21;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 37, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 20, the compound 21 is prepared by the following method: The compound 22 is condensed with a ketone in the presence of a catalyst to obtain a compound 21;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100024
    其中,R2和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述;R3的定义如权利要求23所述。Wherein R 2 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1; R 3 is as defined in claim 23.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的催化剂为蒙脱土;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物22的质量摩尔比为100g/mol~1000g/mol;所述的酮为丙酮、丁酮、2-戊酮或3-戊酮;所述的酮与所述的化合物22的的体积质量比为30mL/g~100mL/g;所述的缩合反应的温度为10℃~40℃;The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 38, wherein in the method for producing compound 21, the catalyst is montmorillonite; and the mass ratio of the catalyst to the compound 22 is 100 g. /mol ~ 1000g / mol; the ketone is acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone or 3-pentanone; the volume ratio of the ketone to the compound 22 is 30mL / g ~ 100mL / g The temperature of the condensation reaction is 10 ° C ~ 40 ° C;
    和/或,and / or,
    制备化合物21的方法在分子筛存在的条件下进行。The method of preparing compound 21 is carried out in the presence of a molecular sieve.
  40. 如权利要求39所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物21的方法中,所述的化合物22采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物23与还原剂进行还原反应,得到化合物22;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 39, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 21, the compound 22 is produced by the following method: In a non-protic solvent, the compound 23 and a reducing agent are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a compound 22;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100025
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100025
    R3的定义如权利要求23所述。The definition of R 3 is as set forth in claim 23.
  41. 如权利要求40所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的还原剂为硼氢化锂、硼氢化钠、硼氢化钾和硼氢化锌中的一种或多种;所述的还原剂与所述的化合物23的摩尔比为1:1~5:1;所述的还原反应的温度为0℃~40℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 40, wherein in the method for preparing compound 22, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; and the reducing agent is lithium borohydride or sodium borohydride. And one or more of potassium borohydride and zinc borohydride; the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 23 is 1:1 to 5:1; and the temperature of the reduction reaction is 0 ° C. 40 ° C.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物22的方法中,所述的化合物23通过下述 方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到化合物23;The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 41, wherein the method 1 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 22, the compound 23 is as follows The method comprises the steps of: reacting D-(-)-diethyl tartrate 24 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound 23;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100026
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100026
    R3的定义如权利要求23所述。The definition of R 3 is as set forth in claim 23.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物23的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为酰胺类溶剂;所述的碱为无机碱;所述的无机碱为氢化钠;所述的碱与所述的D-(-)-酒石酸二乙酯24的摩尔比为1:1;所述的羟基保护试剂为叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷、三甲基氯硅烷、叔丁基二苯基氯硅烷、三异丙基氯硅烷和氯甲基甲醚中的一种或多种;所述的上羟基保护基的反应的温度为0℃~40℃。The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 42, wherein in the method for producing compound 23, the organic solvent is an amide solvent; the base is an inorganic base; and the inorganic base is hydrogenated. Sodium; the molar ratio of the base to the D-(-)-divinyl tartrate 24 is 1:1; the hydroxy protecting reagent is tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane One or more of tert-butyldiphenylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane and chloromethyl methyl ether; the reaction temperature of the upper hydroxyl protecting group is from 0 °C to 40 °C.
  44. 如权利要求5所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:The method for preparing a compound 2 according to claim 5, wherein:
    在制备化合物35的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的酸为无机酸;所述的化合物34与所述的酸的摩尔比为1:1~1:100;所述的脱除保护基的反应的温度为10℃~40℃。In the method of preparing the compound 35, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the acid is a mineral acid; the molar ratio of the compound 34 to the acid is 1:1 ~ 1:100; The temperature of the reaction for removing the protecting group is from 10 ° C to 40 ° C.
  45. 如权利要求4所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 4, wherein:
    在非质子性溶剂中,酸存在的条件下,将化合物34进行脱除保护基的反应,制得所述的化合物35之后不经后处理,再在碱存在的条件下,进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物2即可;In the aprotic solvent, the compound 34 is subjected to a reaction for removing the protecting group in the presence of an acid, and the compound 35 is obtained without post-treatment, and then subjected to a hydrolysis reaction in the presence of a base to obtain a hydrolysis reaction. The compound 2 can be used;
    和/或,and / or,
    在非质子性溶剂中,将化合物34与碱进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物3之后不经后处理,再在酸存在的条件下,进行进行脱除保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物2即可。In the aprotic solvent, the compound 34 is subjected to a hydrolysis reaction with a base to obtain the compound 3, and then the reaction is carried out in the presence of an acid without post-treatment to obtain the compound. 2 can be.
  46. 如权利要求4所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法1或方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物35的方法中或者制备化合物3的方法三中,所述的化合物34采用下述方法制备:在溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物33与乙酰化试剂进行亲核取代反应,得到所述的化合物34;The method for preparing the compound 2 according to claim 4, wherein the method 1 or the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps, in the method for preparing the compound 35 or the third method for preparing the compound 3, The compound 34 is prepared by the following method: in a solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 33 and the acetylation reagent are subjected to nucleophilic substitution reaction to obtain the compound 34;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100027
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  47. 如权利要求46所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:A method of producing Compound 2 according to claim 46, wherein:
    在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的溶剂为卤代烃类溶剂和/或有机碱;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的化合物33与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:3~1:6;所述的乙酰化试剂为乙酰卤和/或乙酸酐;所述的化合物33与所述的乙酰化试剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:3;所述的亲核取代反应的温度为0℃~100℃。In the method for preparing compound 34, the solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent and/or an organic base; the base is an organic base; and the molar ratio of the compound 33 to the base is 1:3. 1:6; the acetylating agent is acetyl halide and/or acetic anhydride; the molar ratio of the compound 33 to the acetylating agent is 1:1 to 1:3; the nucleophilic substitution reaction The temperature is from 0 ° C to 100 ° C.
  48. 如权利要求46所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物34的方法中,所述的化合物33采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,酸和还原剂作用的条件下,将化合物32进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物33;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 46, wherein the process 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 33 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 34: In aprotic solvent, under the conditions of acid and reducing agent, the compound 32 is subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100028
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100028
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  49. 如权利要求48所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:A method of producing Compound 2 according to claim 48, wherein:
    制备化合物33的方法采用以下步骤:化合物32与非质子溶剂形成的溶液中,依次加入还原剂、酸,进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物33;The method for preparing the compound 33 comprises the following steps: a solution of the compound 32 and an aprotic solvent, followed by a reducing agent, an acid, followed by a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 33;
    和/或,and / or,
    在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为酯类溶剂;所述的酸为有机酸;所述的酸与所述的化合物32的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原剂为锌、铁和铝中的一种或多种;所述的还原剂与所述的化合物32的摩尔比为10:1~100:1;所述的还原反应的温度为-10℃~40℃。In the method of preparing compound 33, the aprotic solvent is an ester solvent; the acid is an organic acid; the molar ratio of the acid to the compound 32 is 10:1 ~ 100:1; The reducing agent is one or more of zinc, iron and aluminum; the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 32 is 10:1 to 100:1; the temperature of the reduction reaction is -10 ° C ~ 40 ° C.
  50. 如权利要求48所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物33的方法中,所述的化合物32通过下述方法制得:在有机溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物31与脱水剂进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物32; The method of producing compound 2 according to claim 48, wherein the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 33, the compound 32 is obtained by the following method. : in an organic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 31 and a dehydrating agent are dehydrated to obtain the compound 32;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100029
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100029
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  51. 如权利要求50所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:A method of producing a compound 2 according to claim 50, wherein:
    制备化合物32的方法包括以下步骤:在化合物31、碱与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,加入脱水剂,进行脱水反应,得到所述的化合物32即可;The method for preparing the compound 32 comprises the steps of: adding a dehydrating agent to a solution of the compound 31, a base and an organic solvent, and performing a dehydration reaction to obtain the compound 32;
    和/或,and / or,
    在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为醚类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂和芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的碱与所述的化合物31的摩尔比为10:1~1:1;所述的脱水剂为二氯亚砜和/或甲烷磺酰氯;所述的化合物31与所述的脱水剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的脱水反应的温度为-78℃~30℃。In the method of preparing compound 32, the organic solvent is one or more of an ether solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent; the base is an organic base; the base and the The compound 31 has a molar ratio of 10:1 to 1:1; the dehydrating agent is dichlorosulfoxide and/or methanesulfonyl chloride; and the molar ratio of the compound 31 to the dehydrating agent is 1:1. ~1:5; The temperature of the dehydration reaction is -78 ° C to 30 ° C.
  52. 如权利要求50所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物32的方法中,所述的化合物31采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,氧化剂存在的条件下,将化合物30进行氧化反应,得到所述的化合物31;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 50, wherein the process 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 31 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 32: The compound 30 is subjected to an oxidation reaction in an aprotic solvent in the presence of an oxidizing agent to obtain the compound 31;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100030
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100030
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  53. 如权利要求52所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物31的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为卤代烃溶剂;所述的氧化剂为戴斯马丁氧化剂;所述的化合物30与所述的氧化剂的摩尔比为1:1~1:3;所述的氧化反应的温度为-30℃~30℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 52, wherein in the method for preparing compound 31, the aprotic solvent is a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent; and the oxidizing agent is a Dess Martin oxidizing agent; The molar ratio of the compound 30 to the oxidizing agent is 1:1 to 1:3; and the temperature of the oxidation reaction is -30 to 30 °C.
  54. 如权利要求52所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备所述的化合物31的方法中,所述的化合物30采用下述方法制备:在质子性溶剂中,碱存在的条件下,将化合物29进行水解反应,得到所述的化合物30; The method for producing a compound 2 according to claim 52, wherein the method 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the method for producing the compound 31, the compound 30 is as follows Method preparation: in a protic solvent, in the presence of a base, the compound 29 is hydrolyzed to obtain the compound 30;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100031
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  55. 如权利要求54所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂为醇类溶剂;所述的碱为碳酸钾和/或甲醇钠;所述的化合物29与所述的碱的摩尔比为3:1~1:1;所述的水解反应的温度为0℃~50℃。The method for preparing compound 2 according to claim 54, wherein in the method for preparing compound 30, the protic solvent is an alcohol solvent; and the base is potassium carbonate and/or sodium methoxide; The molar ratio of the compound 29 to the base is from 3:1 to 1:1; and the temperature of the hydrolysis reaction is from 0 °C to 50 °C.
  56. 如权利要求54所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物30的方法中,所述的化合物29采用下述方法制备:在非质子性溶剂中,碱、催化剂和催化剂配体存在的条件下,将化合物28与化合物9进行反应,得到所述的化合物29;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 54, wherein the process 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of, in the process for producing the compound 30, the compound 29 is produced by the following method: The compound 28 is reacted with the compound 9 in an aprotic solvent in the presence of a base, a catalyst and a catalyst ligand to obtain the compound 29;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100032
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100032
    其中,R1、R2、R4和R5的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in claim 1.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的非质子性溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的碱为无机碱;所述的化合物9与所述的碱的摩尔比为1:1~5:1;所述的催化剂为无机铜盐;所述的化合物28与所述的催化剂的摩尔比为1:1~10:1;所述的化合物28与所述的化合物9的摩尔比为1:1~1:5;所述的催化剂配体为吡咯烷-酚类催化剂;所述的催化剂配体与所述的化合物28的摩尔比为1:10~3:10;所述的反应的温度为-20℃~40℃。The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 56, wherein in the method for producing compound 29, the aprotic solvent is an ether solvent; the base is an inorganic base; and the compound 9 The molar ratio of the base to the base is 1:1 to 5:1; the catalyst is an inorganic copper salt; the molar ratio of the compound 28 to the catalyst is 1:1 to 10:1; The molar ratio of the compound 28 to the compound 9 is 1:1 to 1:5; the catalyst ligand is a pyrrolidine-phenol catalyst; the molar ratio of the catalyst ligand to the compound 28 It is 1:10 to 3:10; the temperature of the reaction is -20 ° C to 40 ° C.
  58. 如权利要求56所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物29的方法中,所述的化合物28采用下述方法制备:在有机溶剂中,碱和催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物27与羟基保护试剂进行上羟基保护基的反应,得到所述的化合物28;The process for the preparation of the compound 2 according to claim 56, wherein the process 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the following steps. In the process for producing the compound 29, the compound 28 is prepared by the following method: The compound 28 is obtained by reacting the compound 27 with a hydroxy protecting reagent in an organic solvent in the presence of a base and a catalyst;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100033
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100033
    其中,R4的定义均如权利要求1所述。 Wherein R 4 is as defined in claim 1.
  59. 如权利要求58所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:A method of producing a compound 2 according to claim 58, wherein:
    制备化合物28的方法采用以下步骤:化合物27与有机溶剂形成的溶液中,加入催化剂,再滴加碱和羟基保护试剂,进行上羟基保护基的反应得到所述的化合物28;The method for preparing the compound 28 comprises the following steps: a solution of the compound 27 and an organic solvent, adding a catalyst, adding a base and a hydroxyl protecting agent, and reacting the upper hydroxyl protecting group to obtain the compound 28;
    和/或,and / or,
    在制备化合物28的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为醚类溶剂;所述的碱为有机碱;所述的碱与所述的化合物27的摩尔比为1:1~3:1;所述的催化剂为4-二甲氨基吡啶;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物27的摩尔比为0.01:1~0.5:1;所述的羟基保护试剂为乙酸酐、乙酰氯、乙酰溴、三氟乙酰氯、三氟乙酰溴、三甲基氯硅烷、三甲基溴硅烷、叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷、叔丁基二甲基溴硅烷、三乙基氯硅烷、三乙基溴硅烷、苄氯或苄溴;所述的上羟基保护基的反应的温度为0℃~40℃。In the method of preparing the compound 28, the organic solvent is an ether solvent; the base is an organic base; the molar ratio of the base to the compound 27 is 1:1 to 3:1; The catalyst is 4-dimethylaminopyridine; the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 27 is 0.01:1 to 0.5:1; the hydroxy protecting reagent is acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, acetyl bromide, trifluoro Acetyl chloride, trifluoroacetyl bromide, trimethylchlorosilane, trimethylbromosilane, tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane, tert-butyldimethylbromosilane, triethylchlorosilane, triethylbromosilane, Benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide; the reaction temperature of the upper hydroxy protecting group is from 0 ° C to 40 ° C.
  60. 如权利要求58所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备所述的化合物28的方法中,所述的化合物27采用下述方法制备:在质子性溶剂中,将化合物26与还原剂进行还原反应,得到所述的化合物27;The method of producing compound 2 according to claim 58, wherein said method 2 for preparing compound 2 further comprises the step of: in the method for producing said compound 28, said compound 27 is as follows Method preparation: in a protic solvent, the compound 26 and a reducing agent are reduced to obtain the compound 27;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100034
    其中,R4的定义均如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined in claim 1.
  61. 如权利要求60所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:A method of producing Compound 2 according to claim 60, wherein:
    制备化合物27的方法包括以下步骤:在化合物26与质子性溶剂形成的溶液中,加入硼氢化钠,进行还原反应得到所述的化合物27;The method for preparing the compound 27 includes the following steps: in the solution of the compound 26 and the protic solvent, sodium borohydride is added to carry out a reduction reaction to obtain the compound 27;
    和/或,and / or,
    在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的质子性溶剂为醇类溶剂;所述的还原剂为碱金属硼氢化物;所述的还原剂与所述的化合物26的摩尔比为0.4:1~10:1;所述的还原反应的温度为0℃~40℃。In the method for preparing compound 27, the protic solvent is an alcohol solvent; the reducing agent is an alkali metal borohydride; and the molar ratio of the reducing agent to the compound 26 is 0.4:1. 10:1; The temperature of the reduction reaction is from 0 ° C to 40 ° C.
  62. 如权利要求60所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:所述的制备化合物2的方法2进一步包括以下步骤,在制备化合物27的方法中,所述的化合物26采用下述方法制备:在有机溶剂中,催化剂存在的条件下,将化合物11与丙酮酸甲酯进行迈克尔加成反应,得到所述的化合物26;The process for producing the compound 2 according to claim 60, wherein the process 2 for preparing the compound 2 further comprises the step of preparing the compound 26 by the following method in the process for producing the compound 27: In the organic solvent, in the presence of a catalyst, the compound 11 and methyl pyruvate Michael addition reaction to obtain the compound 26;
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100035
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100035
    其中,R4的定义如权利要求1所述。Wherein R 4 is as defined in claim 1.
  63. 如权利要求62所述的化合物2的制备方法,其特征在于:在制备化合物26的方法中,所述的有机溶剂为芳烃类溶剂、卤代烃类溶剂、醚类溶剂、烷烃类溶剂和卤代芳烃类溶剂中的一种或多种;所述的丙酮酸甲酯与所述的化合物11的摩尔比为1:1~1:10;所述的催化剂与所述的化合物11的摩尔比为0.01:1~0.2:1;所述的迈克尔加成反应的温度为-10℃~40℃;所述的催化剂为如下式所示的任一催化剂:The method for producing compound 2 according to claim 62, wherein in the method for producing compound 26, the organic solvent is an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, an ether solvent, an alkane solvent, and a halogen. One or more of the aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; the molar ratio of the methyl pyruvate to the compound 11 is 1:1 to 1:10; the molar ratio of the catalyst to the compound 11 The temperature of the Michael addition reaction is from -10 ° C to 40 ° C; the catalyst is any of the catalysts represented by the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100036
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100036
  64. 一种化合物3、4、5、6、7、8、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、21、22、23、26、27、28、29、30、31、32、33、34或35,其结构式如下所示: a compound 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32 , 33, 34 or 35, its structural formula is as follows:
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100037
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100037
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100038
    Figure PCTCN2014086112-appb-100038
    其中,R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢;R2和R5各自独立的为甲基、乙基或丙基;R4为氨基保护基;所述的氨基保护基为叔丁氧羰基、苄氧基羰基或对甲苯磺酰基;R3为羟基保护基,所述的羟基保护基为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基或甲氧甲基。Wherein R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, methoxymethyl, methyl or hydrogen; R 2 and R 5 is independently methyl, ethyl or propyl; R 4 is an amino protecting group; the amino protecting group is t-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or p-toluenesulfonyl; R 3 is a hydroxy protecting group, The hydroxy protecting group is a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group or a methoxymethyl group.
  65. 如权利要求64所述的化合物,其特征在于:R1为三甲基硅基、叔丁基二甲基硅基、叔丁基二苯基硅基、三异丙基硅基、甲氧甲基、甲基或氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基;The compound according to claim 64, wherein R 1 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl or methoxymethyl. a group, a methyl group or a hydrogen group, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group;
    或者R3为氢,R2和R5各自独立的为甲基,R4为叔丁氧羰基。 Or R 3 is hydrogen, R 2 and R 5 are each independently a methyl group, and R 4 is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group.
PCT/CN2014/086112 2013-09-09 2014-09-09 Zanamivir, zanamivir intermediate, and synthesis method WO2015032357A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310408033.5 2013-09-09
CN201310408033 2013-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015032357A1 true WO2015032357A1 (en) 2015-03-12

Family

ID=52627829

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/086112 WO2015032357A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2014-09-09 Zanamivir, zanamivir intermediate, and synthesis method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (4) CN111116567B (en)
WO (1) WO2015032357A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110194757A (en) * 2019-06-12 2019-09-03 山东省医学科学院药物研究所(山东省抗衰老研究中心、山东省新技术制药研究所) A kind of synthetic method of homoallylic alcohol compound

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109704944B (en) * 2018-12-25 2022-01-07 万华化学集团股份有限公司 Method for preparing menthone from citronellal and catalyst system used in method
CN111423351B (en) * 2019-01-09 2024-03-29 中国科学技术大学 Chiral copper compound and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1991016320A1 (en) * 1990-04-24 1991-10-31 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd Derivatives and analogues of 2-deoxy-2,3-didehydro-n-acetyl neuraminic acid and their use as antiviral agents
EP0823428A2 (en) * 1996-07-22 1998-02-11 Sankyo Company Limited Neuraminic acid derivatives, their preparation and their medical use
JP2009132650A (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-18 Univ Of Tokyo Iso-oxaxolidin compound
CN101679339A (en) * 2007-04-11 2010-03-24 第一三共株式会社 Method for manufacturing neuraminic acid derivatives
WO2010061182A2 (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-03 Cipla Limited Process for preparing zanamivir and intermediates for use in the process
WO2010083732A1 (en) * 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 中国科学院上海药物研究所 N-acetylneuraminic acid compounds, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and uses thereof
WO2012114350A1 (en) * 2011-02-24 2012-08-30 Cadila Healthcare Limited Process for the preparation of zanamivir
WO2013089168A1 (en) * 2011-12-16 2013-06-20 第一三共株式会社 Method for producing neuraminic acid derivative

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3209946B2 (en) * 1996-07-22 2001-09-17 三共株式会社 Neuraminic acid derivatives
EP1196856B1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2011-01-19 Apptitude, Inc. Method and apparatus for monitoring traffic in a network
BR0212261A (en) * 2001-09-07 2004-10-19 Biota Scient Management Compound, process for preparing and using such compound
CN101735140A (en) * 2009-12-23 2010-06-16 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 Chiral amino compound, method for synthesizing same and application of anti-flu medicament tamifiu intermediate thereof
KR20110103711A (en) * 2010-03-15 2011-09-21 한미약품 주식회사 Novel crystalline zanamivir hydrate and process for preparation thereof
CN101921251B (en) * 2010-09-21 2011-10-05 仙居县圃瑞药业有限公司 Refining technique method of zanamivir intermediates

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1991016320A1 (en) * 1990-04-24 1991-10-31 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd Derivatives and analogues of 2-deoxy-2,3-didehydro-n-acetyl neuraminic acid and their use as antiviral agents
EP0823428A2 (en) * 1996-07-22 1998-02-11 Sankyo Company Limited Neuraminic acid derivatives, their preparation and their medical use
CN101679339A (en) * 2007-04-11 2010-03-24 第一三共株式会社 Method for manufacturing neuraminic acid derivatives
JP2009132650A (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-18 Univ Of Tokyo Iso-oxaxolidin compound
WO2010061182A2 (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-03 Cipla Limited Process for preparing zanamivir and intermediates for use in the process
WO2010083732A1 (en) * 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 中国科学院上海药物研究所 N-acetylneuraminic acid compounds, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and uses thereof
WO2012114350A1 (en) * 2011-02-24 2012-08-30 Cadila Healthcare Limited Process for the preparation of zanamivir
WO2013089168A1 (en) * 2011-12-16 2013-06-20 第一三共株式会社 Method for producing neuraminic acid derivative

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NITABARU, T. ET AL.: "Catalytic Asymmetric Anti-Selective Nitroaldol Reaction En Route to Zanamivir", ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED, vol. 51, 13 February 2012 (2012-02-13), pages 1644 - 1647 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110194757A (en) * 2019-06-12 2019-09-03 山东省医学科学院药物研究所(山东省抗衰老研究中心、山东省新技术制药研究所) A kind of synthetic method of homoallylic alcohol compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111116567B (en) 2023-10-10
CN104418876B (en) 2019-05-17
CN104418876A (en) 2015-03-18
CN111018901B (en) 2021-09-03
CN111116533A (en) 2020-05-08
CN111116567A (en) 2020-05-08
CN111116533B (en) 2022-11-22
CN111018901A (en) 2020-04-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113754665B (en) Preparation method of nucleoside compound
US11629161B2 (en) Synthesis of 1:1:1 co-crystal of 1-cyano-2-(4-cyclopropyl-benzyl)-4-(ß-d-glucopyranos-1-yl)-benzene, L-proline and water
IE911738A1 (en) Process for the enantioselective preparation of phenylisoserine derivatives
WO2015032357A1 (en) Zanamivir, zanamivir intermediate, and synthesis method
KR20020031405A (en) Process for the Preparation of a Paclitaxel C-4 Methyl Carbonate Analog
JP2001247594A (en) Method of producing flavonoid compound
CN107216361B (en) The preparation method of rope Citropten
WO1994010185A1 (en) Erythromycin derivative
CN114716497A (en) Method for preparing deoxycholic acid
US20100317868A1 (en) Method of preparing taxane derivatives and intermediates used therein
CN107216360B (en) A method of preparing rope Citropten
WO2020155613A1 (en) Preparation method for ecteinascidin compound and intermediate thereof
JP5154546B2 (en) Preparation of taxane derivatives
FR2646081A1 (en)
KR102486535B1 (en) Method for prearation of kanamycin X from kanamycin A by chemical synthesis
JP2641363B2 (en) Novel phenethyl alcohol and its production method
JP3726996B2 (en) Cytoxazone synthesis method
KR101068230B1 (en) Preparation method of a docetaxel, its intermediate product and preparation method thereof
JP3773578B2 (en) Taxol synthetic intermediate
JP2004505963A (en) Method for producing discodermolide and its analogues
JPH1059994A (en) Production of sialic acid derivative
CN115850108A (en) Synthesis method of 17-hydroxy capsaicin and marker thereof
JP2832356B2 (en) Synthetic intermediates and production methods for hygromycins
JP2699912B2 (en) Process for producing pseudo-aminosugars and their derivatives from novel inosose derivatives
CN117510445A (en) Intermediate of beraprost and salt thereof and preparation method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14842386

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14842386

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1